BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME FROM THE SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND THE GIFT OF Hcnrg W. Sage 1891 B^3 g ju.«i.^.i.3^ s:/xiX^i.o 9755-2 Z7164.S66 0r H33 Un ' VerS,,yLlbrary GU '\mmMmm&X$ m 5$F ,al et "'cs and al olin 3 1924 032 339 651 The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://archive.org/details/cu31924032339651 PUBLICATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL ETHICS IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY Number 3 A GUIDE TO READING IN SOCIAL ETHICS AND ALLIED SUBJECTS LISTS OF BOOKS AND ARTICLES SELECTED AND DESCRIBED FOR THE USE OF GENERAL READERS BY TEACHERS IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY iPufaltafarti fag liaruarb llniurrattj} CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 1910 v. Copyright, 1910 By Harvard, University PREFATORY NOTE The following bibliography is compiled to meet a practical need which teachers of social ethics and kindred subjects are often forced to recognize. The absorbing interest of the modern social questions has led great numbers of persons to more or less serious study, and they find themselves bewildered both by the volume and the diversity of litera- ture which solicits their attention. Appeals for counsel or guidance are received almost daily by a teacher, and his replies must be either very elaborate or very perfunctory. College students in their class work, charity-workers who look beyond the routine of their task, pastors of churches preparing for their classes in social questions, employers looking for the best types of industrial adjustment, working- men eager for instruction in economic reforms, women in their clubs, readers in their homes, — all these and many other types of inquirers turn to the University for suggestion and advice. Historical researches, erudite discussions, or elaborate lists compiled by professional bibliographers are not to the immediate purpose of these inquirers. They want to be informed concerning the best contemporary studies of social conditions and problems. Indeed, for the average student a common defect of bibliographies is their comprehensiveness. The more complete such a list is made, the more confusing it may become to one who cannot dis- criminate. A perfect bibliography may justify pride in the compiler, but may provoke despair in the reader. What he wants is not a hundred titles on his subject, but a dozen selected titles, with brief estimates of their importance or conclusions. VI PREFATORY NOTE It has seemed, therefore, that a public service might be rendered by offering such counsel in systematic form, and by committing to teachers who are especially concerned with single aspects of social problems or welfare the section where each is most competent to advise. The present list represents an attempt to make this connection between the teaching of the University and a need of the modern world. Each compiler has had in mind, not a superficial reader, nor yet a learned scholar, but an intelligent and serious-minded student, who is willing to read substantial literature if it be commended to him as worth his while and is neither too voluminous nor too inaccessible. To such an inquirer each editor makes suggestions concerning the contents, spirit or doctrine of a book, not attempting a complete description or a final judgment, but as though answering the prelimi- nary question of a student, " What kind of book is this? " The plan thus depends for its usefulness on the competency of the editors concerned, and each editor assumes responsi- bility for the section to which his name is prefixed. The books and articles named are in most instances selected from those which may be found in well-conducted public libraries and from publications issued within ten years. References to foreign languages are made only when equiva- lent titles are not available in English. Titles regarded by any editor as of the first importance may be starred by him. In such a compilation by many writers there is likely to be both overlapping and overlooking. Some titles may be commented on more than once, and some may be alto- gether neglected. Yet the advantages of independent treatment may atone for such fragmentariness of method. It may be interesting to have the judgment of two persons on the same book, and it may be scarcely less interesting to observe what titles have seemed to an editor unimportant. The collaboration of representatives of many different de- partments of study in this promotion of one subject is also PREFATORY NOTE Vli an interesting illustration of University fellowship and loyalty, which may be a useful precedent in academic life. Finally, it must be recognized that a list thus designed to represent contemporary literature must soon become obso- lete. It is, therefore, our intention, if this bibliography prove of service, to re-edit it at frequent intervals, hoping for the same generous cooperation of teachers in Harvard University which is now gratefully acknowledged. The present collec- tion has had the valuable assistance of Dr. Benjamin Rand, Librarian of the Philosophical Department, in editorial supervision and scrutiny. FRANCIS G. PEABODY. CONTENTS I. SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY: P AGE i. Ethical Theory. George H. Palmer i 2. Economic Theory. F. W. Taussig 6 3. Economic History. Edwin F. Gay 10 4. Social Ethics. Francis G. Peabody 22 5. Social Psychology. Robert M. Yerkes 25 6. Sociology. Thomas N. Carver 29 7. Social Statistics. William Z. Ripley 32 8. Social Investigation. Robert F. Foerster . . . . 35 9. The Ethics of Art. Ralph. B. Perry 39 H. SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS: 1. The Ethics of the Family. Francis G. Peabody . . 43 2. The Science of Government. William B. Munro . . 46 3. Taxation. Charles J. Bullock 54 m. SOCIAL SERVICE: 1. Moral Education. Henry W. Holmes 57 2. Medical Aspects of Sociology. Richard C. Cabot . 62 3. Poor Relief. Jeffrey R. Brackett 68 4. Social Settlements. Jeffrey R. Brackett .... 75 5. Housing and Town Planning. James Ford .... 81 6. The Negro Problem. Ray M. McConnell 90 7. Defectives. Ray M. McConnell . 100 8. Crime and Criminals. Ray M. McConnell 109 9. The Liquor Problem. Ray M. McConnell 122 10. Public Recreations. James Ford . 132 11. Rural Social Development. James Ford 138 IV. THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY: 1. Industrial Education. Paul H. Hanus 144 2. Labor Legislation. Robert F. Foerster 151 3. Unemployment and Vagrancy. Robert F. Foerster 157 4. Municipal Ownership and Control of Public Utilities. Arthur N. Holcombe . ... 163 5. The Economics of Socialism. Thomas N. Carver . . . 167 6. The Ethics of Socialism. Ray M. McConnell ... 174 7. Trade Unionism. William Z. Ripley 183 ix X CONTENTS Page 8. Strikes and Boycotts. William Z. Ripley 186 9. Industrial Conciliation and Arbitration. Arthur N. Holcombe 188 10. Industrial Cooperation. James Ford 192 11. Profit-Sharing and Industrial Betterment. James Ford 196 12. Thrift Institutions. Oliver M. W. Sprague 200 13. Social Insurance. Robert F. Foerster 203 14. Immigration. Robert F, Foerster 210 V. SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION: 1. Religion and the Social Question. Francis G. Peabody 216 2. Religious Education. Henry W. Holmes 221 3. The Social Teaching of the Old Testament. Craw- ford H. Toy 225 4. The Social Teaching of the New Testament. James Hardy Ropes 231 5. Social Progress as Affected by Christian Missions. Edward C. Moore 234 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS. 1. Encyclopedias, Periodicals and Bibliographies. Ben- jamin Rand 243 A GUIDE TO READING SOCIAL ETHICS AND ALLIED SUBJECTS A GUIDE TO READING IN SOCIAL ETHICS AND ALLIED SUBJECTS I. SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY i. ETHICAL THEORY George H. Palmer The following list is confined to books in the English language and to those published during the last half century. Even within these limits a full bibliography is not attempted. Many current books do not reach the standard of merit adopted here, and others — among them some of large con- sequence — deal with their subject in too scholastic and un- interesting a way to meet the needs of a non-technical reader. As the ethics of our day is predominantly idealistic, most of these books are so, too. Of elementary books, either for reading or teaching, Mrs. E. L. Cabot's Every Day Ethics (N. Y.: Holt, 1906, pp. 439) is easily the first in grasp of its subject, lucidity of style, and abundance of apt illustration. W. D. Hyde's Practical Ethics (N. Y. : Holt, 1900, pp. 208) and his Self-Measurement (N. Y. : B. W. Huebsch, 1909, pp. 74) furnish stimulating material for discussion. J. MacCunn's Making of Character (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1900, pp. 226) is almost unique in treating ethics as an art, direc- tive of personal growth, rather than as a science. Somewhat more advanced, and approaching ethics as a systematic body of doctrine, — though still brief, interest- 2 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY ing, and not difficult, — are J. H. Muirhbad's Elements of Ethics (N. Y.: Scribners, 1892; 2d ed. 1894, pp. 239); J. S. Mackenzie's Manual of Ethics (Camb.: Univ. Press, 1892; 3d ed. 1902, pp. 492); R. B. Perry's Moral Economy (N. Y.: Scribners, 1909, pp. 267); J. Royce's Philosophy of Loyalty (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1908, pp. 409); G. H. Palmer's Nature of Goodness (Boston : Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1903, pp. 148); J. Dewey's Outlines of Ethics (Ann Arbor: Inland Press, i89i,pp. 253); F. Thilly's Introduc- tion to Ethics (N. Y. : Scribners, 1904, pp. xi, 346); W. Fite's Introductory Study of Ethics (N. Y. : Longmans, 1903, pp. 383). Among larger works I name five which from a certain literary character seem better adapted for reading than for classroom use: C. F. Dole's Ethics of Progress (N. Y. : Crowell, 1909, pp. 398); J. Seth's Study of Ethical Principles (N. Y. : Scribners, 1882; 7th ed. 1904, pp. 470); L. Stephen's Science of Ethics (N. Y. : Scribners, 1882; 2d ed. 1907, pp. 444); S. Alexander's Moral Order and Progress (Lond. : Kegan Paul, 1889; 3d ed. 1899, pp. 413); T. B. Strong's Christian Ethics (N. Y. : Longmans, 1896, pp. 408). B. P. Bowne's Principles of Ethics (N. Y. : Har- pers, 1892, pp. 309) and G. T. Ladd's Philosophy of Conduct (N. Y. : Scribners, 1902, pp. 663) are contrasted with these, being good books of the professional type. An animated book, presenting its subject genetically and in close alliance with sociology, is J. Dewey and J. H. Tufts' Ethics (N. Y. : Holt, 1908, pp. 618). Two elaborate treatises discuss the evolution of morals in the history of the race. These are L. T. Hobhouse's Morals in Evolution (2 vols., N. Y. : Holt, 1906) and E. Westermarck's Origin and Development of Moral Ideas (2 vols., N. Y. : Macmillan, 1908), — the former show- ing more acquaintance with the ethical, the latter with the anthropologic, side of its topic. The limits of evolution and physical science as applied to ethics are well marked ETHICAL THEORY 3 out by W. R. Sorley in his Ethics of Naturalism (Edinb. : Blackwoods, 1904, pp. 338). T. H. Huxley, in his Romanes lecture on Evolution and Ethics (N. Y. : Appleton, 1905, pp. 334), has also brilliantly protested against any confusion of the methods of ethics and physical science. Since 1900 there have appeared three notable technical discussions of ethics, addressed to critical scholars: A. E. Taylor's Problem of Conduct (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1901, pp. 501) ; G. E. Moore's Principia Ethica (Camb. : Univ. Press, 1903, pp. 232); and H. Rashdall's Theory of Good and Evil (2 vols., Oxf. : Clarendon Press, 1907). The course of modern English ethics has been largely shaped by half a dozen earlier and much-debated books, widely contrasted in tendency. I name them in the order of their dates of publication: J. S. Mill's Utilitarianism, 1861; H. Sidgwick's Methods of Ethics, 1874; F. H. Bradley's Ethical Studies, 1876; H. Spencer's Data of Ethics, 1879; T. H. Green's Prolegomena of Ethics, 1883; and J. Martineau's Types of Ethical Theory, 1885. A few translations of foreign works are so significant in matter, and have been so well rendered, as to claim a place here. They are Janet's Theory of Morals (N. Y. : Scrib- ners, 1900, pp. 490); W. Wundt's Ethics (3 vols., N. Y. : Macmillan, 1897-1902) ; P. Paulsen's System of Ethics (N. Y. : Scribners, 1906, pp. 723). Kant's Theory of Ethics, by T. K. Abbott (N. Y.: Longmans, 1873; 5th ed. 1898, pp. 368), includes in one volume all the ethical writings of the German philosopher. Several studies of single subjects are interesting for the general ethical reader: N. S. Shaler's two books, The Individual (N. Y.: Appleton, 1905, pp. 351) and The Neighbor (Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1904, pp. 342); J. Royce's Race Questions (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1908, pp. 287) and Studies of Good and Evil (N, Y: Appleton, 1898, pp. 384) ; H. C. King's Ethics of Jesus (N. Y. : Macmillan, 4 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY 1910, pp. 295) ; R. M. McConnell's Duty of Altruism (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1910, pp. 255); J. Sully's Pessimism (Lond. : Kegan Paul, 1877, pp. 477); and in my Field of Ethics (Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1901, pp. 213) I have attempted to show the relations of ethics to other nearly related sciences. There is no extended history of ethics in the English language. An outline of the subject was prepared by H. Sidgwick for the Encyclopaedia Britannica and then en- larged into a small volume, published by Macmillan. Simi- lar outlines, of less merit, are given in the first volumes of W. Wundt's Ethics (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1897, pp. 196) and T. Fowler's Principles of Morals (Oxf . : Clarendon Press, 1894). Miss C. M. William's Review of Evolutionary Ethics (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1893, pp. 581) is a confused and partisan book, of little value. B. Rand, in his Classical Moralists (Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1909, pp. 797), has put together a series of skillful extracts, well illustrating the history of ethics from Socrates to Martineau. A similar work has been done for English ethics by L. A. Selby- Bigge in his British Moralists (2 vols., Oxf.: Clarendon Press, 1897). W. E. H. Lecky's attractive History of European Morals (2 vols., N. Y. : Appleton, 1869; ibid., 1902) ends with Charlemagne. Miss J. Wedgwood's The Moral Ideal (Lond.: Kegan Paul, 1888; 3d rev. ed. 1907, pp. 504) examines the ethical basis of the civilization of India, Persia, Greece and Rome. E. Caird's Evolution of Theology in the Greek Philosophers (2 vols., Glasg. : Macle- hose, 1904) and W. D. Hyde's From Epicurus to Christ (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1904, pp. 285) present vividly the course of ethical thought among the Greeks. A good guide to the ethics of Aristotle is J. H. Muirhead's Chapters from Aris- totle's Ethics (Lond.: Murray, 1900, pp. 319). E. Albee, in his admirable History of Utilitarianism (N. Y. : Macmillan, 1902, pp. 437), traces clearly one of the most distinctive ETHICAL THEORY 5 lines of English speculation, which in its later course is treated with less ethical knowledge, but with greater em- phasis on its political and literary relations, by L. Stephen in The English Utilitarians (3 vols., N. Y. : Putnam, 1900). His masterly History of English Thought in the Eighteenth Century (2 vols., N. Y. : Putnam, 3d rev. ed., 1902) con- tains much that is of importance for the student of English ethics. 2. ECONOMIC THEORY F. W. .Taussig Smith, Adam. An inquiry into the nature and causes of the wealth of nations. (1776.) Edited, with an introduc- tion, notes, marginal summary and an enlarged index, by Edwin Cannan. 2 vols. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1904; (Harvard Classics, edited by C. W. Eliot) edited by C. J. Bullock, with introductory notes and illustrations. New York: P. F. Collier & Son, 1909, pp. 590. Adam Smith's book is a landmark in the history of thought, and justly entitled a classic. But it is not to be read as the one book on economics, if one only can be read ; nor is it usually the best book to begin with. Parts are antiquated, parts to be understood only with knowledge of Adam Smith's times. Yet in attractiveness of style, wealth of matter, epoch-making significance, its equal has not been written. Mill, John Stuart. Principles of political economy, with some of their applications to social philosophy. (1848.) Edited, with an introduction by W. J. Ashley. London, New York, etc.: Longmans, Green & Co., 1909, pp. liii, 1013. A classic, like Adam Smith's "Wealth of Nations"; like that, superseded in parts, yet a noble book, with dignity of style and large views, addressed to the mature, warm in its social sympathies, severe in its reasoning; a good book to begin with, though to be supplemented with others more modern. Marshall, Alfred. Principles of economics. Vol. I. Fifth edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xxxvi, 807. 6 ECONOMIC THEORY 7 Probably the most important book on economic theory pub- lished in English since J. S. Mill's "Principles"; able, pene- trating, stimulating. It is not easy reading, but repays careful study. The whole subject of economics is not covered; chiefly Value and Distribution, the parts of economic theory having most bearing on social questions. Clark, John Bates. The distribution of wealth ; a theory of wages, interest and profit. New York: The Mac- millan Company, 1889, pp. xxviii, 445. A brilliant volume by an American scholar, abstract in char- acter, setting forth in attractive style a theory of distribution according to the specific product of each of the factors in produc- tion. Its conclusions have been disputed, but the originality and interest of the reasoning are not to be denied. Carver, Thomas Nixon. The distribution of wealth. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1904, pp. xvi, 290. A compact, clear, able statement of modern doctrines, with an introductory chapter on the principles of value. Bohm-Bawerk, Eugen von. The positive theory of capital. Translated with a preface and analysis by William Smart. London and New York: Macmillan & Co., 1891, pp. xi, 428. A book of the first importance, the starting point for the modern discussion of capital and interest; covering also the so- called " Austrian " theory of value. The exposition is deliberate and full; the reasoning not always easy to follow, but always deserving careful study. Fisher, Irving. The nature of capital and income. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. xxi, 427. Fisher, Irving. The rate of interest; its nature, deter- mination, and relation to economic phenomena. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xxii, 442. These two volumes present theories in some respects novel, but 8 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY consistently maintained throughout. The first gives the author's conception of capital and income ; the second, his analysis of the causes determining the rate of interest. They form a good sup- plement to Bohm-Bawerk's " Positive Theory." Like that, they test the reader's attention and powers of reasoning. Schmoller, Gustav. Grundriss der allgemeinen Volks- wirtschaftslehre. 2 Teile. Leipzig, 1900-04; Fr. par G. Platon. 5 vols. Paris: Giard et Briere, 1905-08. A remarkable survey of economics from the historical point of view; encyclopedic in its range, with admirable sketches of the great lines of industrial development and of present condi- tions, and broad-minded discussion of current social and economic problems. Landry, Adolphe. Manuel d'6conomique, a l'usage des facultes de droit. Paris: Giard et Briere, 1908, pp. 889. A recent French manual, clearly written, ably thought out, a good representative of modern thought. Philippovich, E. von. Grundriss der politischen Oekono- mie. 2 Bde. Tubingen: J. C. B. Mohr, 1906; 1 Bd., 8 rev. AufL, 1909; 2 Bde., 4 rev. Aufl., 1908. A German treatise, much used, of the kind meant for uni- versity students, covering the whole subject, eclectic in its views and mode of treatment. Seager, Henry Rogers. Introduction to economics. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1904, pp. xxi, 565. Ely, Richard T. Outlines of economics. Revised and en- larged by the author and T. S. Adams, M. O. Lorenz and A. A. Young. New York: The Macmillan Com- pany, 1908, pp. xii, 700. Seligman, E. R. A. Principles of economics, with special ECONOMIC THEORY 9 reference to American conditions. New York: Long- mans, Green & Co., 1905, pp. xlvi, 613. These three are modern text-books, addressed to persons of the grade of college students, with special regard to American conditions. The two mentioned first are clearer and better reasoned than the third, which, however, contains a mass of information and has full and well-chosen lists of references. Bullock, Charles J. Introduction to the study of eco- nomics. Third edition, revised and enlarged. New York, Boston, etc. : Silver, Burdett & Co., 1908, pp. 619. Ely, Richard T., and Wicker, G. R. Elementary princi- ples of economics, together with a short sketch of eco- nomic history. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. xi, 338. Johnson, A. S. Introduction to economics. Boston: D. C. Heath & Co., 1909, pp. xii, 404. These are shorter text-books, of a somewhat more elementary character than the three mentioned before. They have the apparatus of questions expected in a high-school text -book, as well as references and brief bibliographies. The first two are more concrete and informational; the third (Johnson's) is more abstract and general, but not less satisfactory in its mode of exposition. Marshall, Alfred. Elements of economics of industry, being the first volume of elements of economics. Lon- don: Macmillan & Co., 1892; third edition, ibid., 1899, pp. xvi, 421. This gives a condensed statement of the doctrines of the same author's larger book (see above), arranged with a view to use by students. It does not cover the whole subject, but only the range of topics treated in the larger book. 3 . ECONOMIC HISTORY Edwin F. Gay The reader interested in economic history must gather his information from many books, for the most part dealing with special phases of the subject and limited as to period and coun- try, rather than from comprehensive manuals or surveys. Since economic history is but a portion or aspect of general history, isolating for convenience of study the organized efforts of mankind to satisfy its material needs, works on. political and constitutional history must be used, though they vary greatly in the degree of emphasis placed upon the economic factors. Indeed, for the student who cannot read German and French, such general histories must often be his sole reliance. This is par- ticularly true of the economic history of Greece and Rome and of large parts of the mediaeval and modern economic history of other than English-speaking countries. This brief list cannot include general histories, but it must necessarily comprise some of the more important German and French contributions to economic history. The economic history of England must hold first place in such a list, and therefore the books in that field are given the larger amount of space. Then follow some of the more im- portant works relating to the continent of Europe and to the United States. Cunningham, W. An essay on western civilization in its economic aspects. [Cambridge Historical Series.] Vol- ume I, ancient times; Volume II, mediaeval and modern times. Cambridge, University Press, 1898- 1900, pp. xii, 220; xii, 300. A good general introduction to economic history. 10 ECONOMIC HISTORY II Bucher, Karl. Die Entstehung der Volkswirtschaft. i Aufl., 1893 ; 7 Attn., ibid., 1910. Tubingen: H. Laupp, vii, 464 S. Bucher, Karl. Industrial evolution. Translated from the third German edition [of the above] by S. M. Wickett. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1901, pp. xiv, 393. A series of suggestive essays, illuminating the development of industrial organization. The book has exerted a marked influence. Day, Clive. A history of commerce. New York: Long- mans, Green & Co., 1907, pp. xliv, 626. The best brief manual; well proportioned and with a good background of economic history; it has a useful bibliography. Lindsay, W. S. History of merchant shipping and ancient commerce. 4 vols. London : Sampson, Low & Co., 1874-76. An older standard work in this field; more exhaustive than any of its successors. The last two volumes (1816-74) were reprinted separately in 1876. Cunningham, W. The growth of English industry and commerce. Volume I, Early and middle ages, fourth edition, 1905; Volumes II and III, Modern times, fourth edition, 1907. Cambridge: University Press. This work, constantly improved in the successive editions since the first in 1882, is of importance as a book of reference for English economic history, and should be used, if possible, in preference to the smaller but still commendable manuals on the subject, such as those by Cunningham and McArthur, Gibbins, Warner or Cheyney. Each volume has a helpful bibliography. Ashley, W. J. An introduction to English economic his- tory and theory. Part 1, The middle ages; Part 2, The 12 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY end of the middle ages. Third edition. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1894-98, pp. xii, 227; xii, 501. A scholarly and readable work. Traill, H. D., editor. Social England: a record of the progress of the people in religion, laws, learning, arts, industry, commerce, science, literature and manners. By various writers. 6 vols., New York: George Put- nam's Sons, 1893-97 ; new edition, Traill, H. D., and Mann, J. S., editors, 6 vols., New York: George Put- nam's Sons, 1901-4. A poorly edited though useful book; the contributions of Prothero, Maitland, Powell and others more than counter- balance the less scholarly contributions. Brief bibliographical notes accompany each chapter. Seebohm, Frederic. The English village community. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1883, pp. 464. A stimulating pioneer book. Its conclusions are contro- verted by Vinogradoff and Maitland. Vinogradofp, Paul. Villainage in England; essays in English mediaeval history. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1892, pp. xii, 464. Vinogradofp, Paul. The growth of the manor. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1892, pp. 384. These, with the same author's " English Society in the Eleventh Century " (1908), are not easy reading, but indispensable for an understanding of earlier social history and manorial institutions. Maitland, Frederic W. Domesday book and beyond: Three essays in the early history of England. Cam- bridge: University Press (Boston: Little, Brown & Co.), 1897, pp. xiii, 527. The best starting point for the study of the vexed problems of social agrarian history presented by Domesday book. ECONOMIC HISTORY 1 3 Page, T. W. The end of villainage in England. Publica- tions of the American Economic Association. New- York: The Macmillan Company, third series, Volume I, No. 2, May, 1900, pp. 99. A valuable contribution to the discussion of an important question. Gross, Charles. The gild merchant. 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1890, pp. xxii, 332; xi, 447. The author's chief interest in this book is in the development of the municipal constitution, but his investigations are of funda- mental importance for a knowledge of the beginnings of mer- cantile associations in England. The book has a carefully pre- pared bibliography. Rogers, J. E. Thorold. Six centuries of work and wages; the history of English labor. 1 vol. in 2 parts. Lon- don: Swan, Sonnenschein & Co. (G. P. Putnam's Sons), 1884, pp. 591. A summary of conclusions based upon his monumental " History of agriculture and prices in England " (7 vols., 1866- 1902), the most considerable collection of prices available for any country; but both his price averages and views must be accepted with caution. Eight selected chapters of this work have been reprinted (London, 1895, Social Science Series). Unwin, George. Industrial organization in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1904, pp. vii, 277. A well-written attempt to prove the continuity of labor organizations from the mediaeval craft gild to the modern trade union. For a different opinion see the Webbs' " History of trade unionism," second edition, 1907. Schanz, Georg. Englische Handelspolitik gegen Ende des Mittelalters. 2 Bde. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1881, xix, 684; xiii, 672 S. The best account of English commercial policy and commer- 14 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY cial institutions under Henry VII and Henry VIII. The second volume consists largely of documentary materials. Ehrenberg, Richard. Hamburg und England im Zeit- alter der Konigin Elizabeth. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1896, 362 S. A valuable study of the commercial struggle between Eng- land and the Hansa towns under Elizabeth. Hewins, W. A. S. English trade and finance chiefly in the seventeenth century. London: Methuen (University Extension Series), 1892, pp. 174. This work treats concisely and interestingly of the chief commercial companies and labor organizations of the seven- teenth century and of three important commercial treaties of the eighteenth century. An account of the English commercial companies is given in Cawston and Keane's "The early chartered companies, 1296- 1858 " (London: Edward Arnold, 1896, pp. 329), a compila- tion from material which is found in Macpherson's " Annals of commerce " (London, 1805, 4 vols.). For further account of the commercial companies, especially the Continental, consult Bonnassieux, " Les grandes compagnies de commerce " (Paris: Plon, Nourrit et Cie., 1892, pp. 562). Hunter, William W. History of British India. London : Longmans, Green & Co., 1899-1900. 2 vols. [Com- pleted by P. E. Roberts owing to the author's death.] A readable and reliable history of the English India Company. Andreades, A. Histoire de la Banque d'Angleterre : ses origines, sa fondation, son developpement, etc. 2 vols. in 1. Paris: Rousseau, 1904, pp. 455. Translated by Christabel Meredith. London: P. S. King & Son, 1909. A competent study; it contains an extensive bibliography. ECONOMIC HISTORY 15 Prothero, R. E. Pioneers and progress of English farming. London: Longmans, Green & Co., 1888, pp. 290. A brief and picturesque account of the history of English agriculture. Johnson, A. H. Disappearance of the small landholder. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1909, pp. 164. The most recent and in many respects most useful discussion of the subject. W. Hasbach's " Die englischen Landarbeiter." (Leipzig, 1894. English translation by Ruth Kenyon, with preface by Sidney Webb. London: P. S. King & Son, 1908, pp. 470, with bibliography), deals with another aspect, the history of agricultural labor. Toynbee, Arnold. Lectures on the industrial revolution of the eighteenth century in England. Fourth edition, London, 1894, pp. 319 (with a memoir by B. Jowett). New edition, New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1908 (with reminiscences by Lord Milner), pp. 282. Suggestive lectures originally addressed to workingmen. Mantoux, Paul. La Revolution industrielle au xviii e siecle. Paris: G. Bellair, 1906, pp. 543. An excellent description (with good bibliography) of the industrial revolution in England, with, however, no adequate study of the causes and economic significance of the movement. The reader may find some assistance on this side from Hobson, " Evolution of modern capitalism " (London, 1896). Macrosty, H. W. Trusts and the state. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co. (London: Grant Richards), 1901, pp. 318. A well-informed historical treatment of the subject. Webb, Sidney and Beatrice. History of trade unionism. New edition. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1907, pp. xxxiv, 558. The best book on the subject. 1 6 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY Hutchins, B. L., and Harrison, A. History of factory legislation. Preface by Sidney Webb. London: P. S. King & Son, 1903, pp. xviii, 372. Complete and reliable. .Extensive bibliography. Armitage-Smith, George. The free trade movement and its results. Chicago: Herbert S. Stone & Co., 1898, pp. 244. An historical study written from the standpoint of a free trader. Bowley, A. L. England's foreign trade in the nineteenth century. Revised edition, 1905. London: Swan, Son- nenschein & Co., 1893, pp. 165. A brief but valuable statistical discussion. Ashley, W. J., .editor. British industries. Second edition. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1907, pp. xvii, 232. Eight lectures, each by an expert in his field. Nichols, George. History of the English poor law. 2 vols. London: 1854. New edition with revision by the author, a biography by H. G. Willink, and a sup- plementary volume by Thomas Mackay; 3 vols. London: P. S. King & Son, 1898-9. The standard work on the subject. Lamprecht, Karl. Deutsches Wirtschaftsleben in Mittel- alter. 3 Tie. in 4 Bdn. Leipzig: Durr, 1885-86. An important work. Though based on a documentary study of economic conditions only in the Moselle valley for the period ending in the early sixteenth century, it nevertheless deserves its wider title. The same author's " Deutsche Geschichte " em- phasizes — perhaps over-emphasizes — the economic and social aspects of German history. von Inama-Sterneg, K. T. Deutsche Wirtschaftsge- ECONOMIC HISTORY 17 schichte. 3 Tie. in 4 Bdn. Leipzig: Duncker und Hum- blot, 1879— 1901. Covers the period to the end of the middle ages. The only- general work on the subject. Pigeonneau, H. Histoire du commerce de la France. 2 vol. 2 e edition. Paris: Cerf, 1887-88. A standard work, covering the period ending with the age of Richelieu. Heyd, W. Geschichte des Levantehandels im Mittelalter. 2 Bde. Stuttgart: Cotta, 1879, 604, 781 S. The French translation (Histoire du commerce du Levant au moyen-age. 2 vols. Leipzig: 1885-86, revised by the author) is preferable to the German original. Levasseur, E. Histoire des classes ouvrieres et de l'indus- trie en France avant 1789. 2 vol. 2 e edition. Paris: Rousseau, 1900-01. Levasseur, E. Histoire des classes ouvrieres et de l'indus- trie en France de 1789 a 1870. 2 vol. 2 e Edition. Paris: Rousseau, 1903. Levasseur, E. Questions ouvrieres et industrielles en France sous la troisieme republique. Paris : Rousseau, 1907, pp. xxii, 968. These three works together form the most available general survey not only of the history of the French working classes but of French economic history. S£e, H. Les classes rurales et le regime domanial en France au moyen-age. Paris: Giard et Briere, 1901, pp. xxvii, 638. A convenient survey of French agrarian conditions in the middle ages, with bibliography. Fuchs, K. T. Die Epochen der deutschen Agrargeschichte 1 8 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY und Agrarpolitik. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1898, ii, 32 S. An admirable summary of the results of recent investigation in German agrarian history. Ehrenberg, R. Das Zeitalter der Fugger. 2 Bde. Jena : Gustav Fischer, 1896, xv, 420; iv, 367 S. A noteworthy contribution to the financial and commercial history of the sixteenth century. Wiebe, G. Zur Geschichte der Preisrevolution des i6ten und 1 7ten Jahrhunderts. Leipzig : Duncker und Hum- blot, 1895, ix, 419 S. The best study of the subject, clear and critical. Schmoller, G. Das Merkantilsystem in seiner historischer Bedeutung. A chapter from his " Studien fiber die wirtschaftliche Politik Friedrichs des Grossen "(1884) and reprinted in the Umrisse und Untersuchungen. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1898, pp. 1-60. English translation by W. J. Ashley : The mercantile system. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1896, pp. viii, 95. Gives an understanding of the significance of the commercial and political policies of the period when the mercantile system prevailed. For the history of mercantilist doctrine, the English reader may consult J. K. Ingram's " History of political econ- omy." New York: The Macmillan Company, 1888, pp. xv, 250. Second edition (unaltered), 1907. More recent books are available in French and German. Sargent, A. J. Economic policy of Colbert. New York : Longmans, Green & Co., 1899, pp. vii, 138. A judicious and concise survey of Colbert's work, based mainly on P. Clement: " Histoire de Colbert et de son admin- istration " (Paris, 1892) and Clement's edition of the " Lettres, instructions, et m^moires de Colbert " (Paris, 1861-70). ECONOMIC HISTORY 19 Shepherd, R. P. Turgot and the six edicts. New York: Columbia University Press, 1903, pp. 263. A scholarly study of the policy of Turgot. Knapp, G. F. Die Bauernbefreiung und der Ursprung der Landarbeiter in den alteren Teilen Preussens. 2 Tie. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1887, vii, 352 ; vi, 473 S. A most valuable study of the condition of the Prussian peas- ants and the work of emancipation. The English reader will find a less authoritative account in Seeley's " Life and times of Stein," and Morier's " Agrarian legislation of Prussia," chapters from each being reprinted in B. Rand's " Selections illustrating economic history," fourth revised edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1903, pp. vii, 647. Sombart, W. Dermoderne Kapitalismus. 2 Bde. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1902, xxxiv, 669; viii, 646 S. Sombart, W. Die deutsche Volkswirtschaft im igten Jahr- hundert. Berlin: Bondi, 1903, pp. xviii, 647. These two works together form a stimulating interpretation of the recent economic development of Germany. Ashley, Percy. Modern tariff history. London : Murray, 1904, pp. xviii, 367. Contains a useful summary of the tariff history of Germany and France and a less useful one of the United States. Liefmann, R. Kartelle und Trusts. 2 erweit. Aufl. Stuttgart: E. H. Moritz, 1910, 210 S. A popular account with especial reference to Germany, written by a careful student of the subject. Emery, H. C. Economic development of the United States. Cambridge: University Press, 1904, in Cambridge Modern History, Volume XVI: "The United States," pp. 687-722. The best brief survey. Two fairly good text-books in this 20 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY field are: Coman, K., "The industrial history of the United States" (New York: Macmillan, 1905, pp. xviii, 343), and Bogart, E. L., "Economic history of the United States" (New York: Longmans, 1907, pp. 522). Callender, G. S. Selections from the economic history of the United States, 1 765-1860. Boston: Ginn & Com- pany, 1909, pp. xviii, 869. A comprehensive selection of original materials together with helpful editorial comment. Volume II (1860-1900) is in prepa- ration. Beer, G. L. The commercial policy of England toward the American colonies. New York: Columbia Univer- sity Press, 1903, pp. 167. An important monograph. Hammond, M. B. The cotton industry. Publications of the American Economic Association. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1897, pp. viii, 382. Ah historical study, especially good for the period before the Civil War. Taussig, F. W. State papers and speeches on the tariff. Cambridge: Harvard University, 1893, pp. vii, 385. Contains Hamilton's report on manufactures, Gallatin's free-trade memorial, Walker's treasury report of 1845, and Clay's and Webster's speeches on the tariff of 1824. Taussig, F. W. The tariff history of the United States. Fifth edition. New York: Henry Putnam's Sons, 1903, pp. xi, 422. This is the standard work on the subject. It is a scholarly investigation written from the free-trade standpoint. See also an article by the same author in the Quarterly Journal of Eco- nomics (November, 1909, Volume XXIV, pp. 1-38), on " The tariff debate of 1909 and the new tariff." For the protectionist ECONOMIC HISTORY 21 side of the tariff controversy see E. Stanwood's " History of American tariff controversies." 2 vols. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1903. Dewey, D. R. Financial history of the United States. Second edition. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., J^- PP- xxv > 53°- The standard text-book in its field. It contains excellent bibliographical notes. Bullock, C. J. Essays on the monetary history of the United States. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1900, pp. x, 288. Best on the period before the revolution. Catterall, R. C. H. The second bank of the United States. Chicago: University Press, 1903, pp. xiv, 538. A scholarly study. Mitchell, W. C. A history of the greenbacks. Chicago: University Press, 1903, pp. xvi, 577. An exhaustive work. No yes, A. D. Forty years of American finance. New York: Henry Putnam's Sons, 1909, pp. ix, 418. An excellent account of American financial history since the Civil War. Hadley, A. T. Railroad transportation. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1885, pp. iv, 269. An early and valuable treatise. Johnson, E. R. American railway transportation. Second edition. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1908, pp. xviii, 434. The best text-book on the subject. 4 . SOCIAL ETHICS Francis G. Peabody The sources of instruction in Social Ethics must be sought in the philosophical masterpieces which study the individual in his relation to social order: Maurice, " Social Morality," 1869; Plato, " The Republic," tr. Jowett, 187 1; Grote, " A Treatise on the Moral Ideals," 1876; Green, " Prolegomena to Ethics," 1883; Aristotle, " Politics," tr. Jowett, 1885; Fichte, " Voca- tion of Man," tr. Smith, 1889; Kant, "Critique of Practical Reason," tr. Abbott, 5th ed., 1898; Royce, "The World and the Individual , " 1 90 1 . Of contemporary and less academic titles, the following, out of a great number, may be named : Addams, Jane. Democracy and social ethics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. 281. A forcible exposition of the new duties created by a new social world. " The essential idea of democracy becomes the source and expression of social ethics " (p. n). Bosanquet, Helen. The strength of the people, a study in social economics. New York: The Macmillan Com- pany, 1902, pp. xi, 345. The correlation of circumstance and character traced in the problems of poverty, the family and industrialism. " ' Diffi- culties to overcome and freedom to overcome them ' is an essen- tial condition of progress " (p. 339). *Dewey, John, and Tufts, James H. Ethics. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1908, pp. xiv, 618. Ethical theory interpreted in its relation to " the world of action." The ethics of social organization, economic life, politics and the family effectively described. SOCIAL ETHICS 23 Dole, Charles F. The ethics of progress. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1909, pp. vii, 308. A popular and lucid exposition of " the new morality." Henderson, Charles R. Practical sociology in the service of social ethics. Chicago : University of Chicago Press, 1902, pp. 25. " Social technology " as the guide of social philosophy. Hobson, J. A. The social problem ; life and work. London : James Pott, 1902, pp. x, 295. Socialism applied to the " economy of national life." " The Social Question will find its essential unity in the problem how to deal with human waste " (p. 7). " An organized democracy standing on a sound basis of property" (p. 130). Jones, Henry. Idealism as a practical creed. Glasgow: J. Maclehose & Sons, 1909, pp. ix, 299. A lucid and serene exposition of the practical efficiency of ethical idealism. " The call of the modern age " is a call to the " earnest questioning of our ideals of life " (p. 220). Jones, Henry. The working faith of a social reformer. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1910, pp. xii, 308. Lectures to students for the ministry, and collected essays, expounding the interdependence of individualism and socialism, or " the concurrent evolution of social and individual rights, duties and powers " (p. in). *Mackenzie, John S. An introduction to social philosophy. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1890, pp. xi, 390. An academic, somewhat elusive, but judicial and suggestive outline, which has not yet been superseded. Muirhead, J. H. Philosophy and life and other essays. London: Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., 1902, pp. 274. Admirable essays on various aspects of the ethics of modern life. 24 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY Peabody, Francis G. The approach to the social question. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. vii, 210. The ways of social science, sociology and economics traced, and the ethical approach approved and explored. Perry, R. B. The moral economy. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909, pp. xvi, 267. A searching and convincing analysis of the moral life in its relation to science, art and religion. Ritchie, David G. Studies in political and social ethics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. ix, 238. Occasional papers on the fundamental problems of social evolution, equality, liberty and responsibility. *Stein, Ludwig. Die soziale Frage im Lichte der Philo- sophic. 2te verb. Aufl. Stuttgart: F. Enke, 1903, xvi, 598 S. A brilliant survey of the history of social philosophy, with the outline of a system. Anti-socialist, but describing the " social- izing " of property, law, politics and religion. Wells, H. G. Mankind in the making. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1904, pp. viii, 400. Social organization in the " New Republic," with regulation of births, language, education and politics. Ziegler, Theobald. Die soziale Frage eine sittliche Frage. 6te Aufl. Leipzig: G. J. Goschen'sche Verlagshand- lung, 1899, 183 S. An early, but permanently important study of the social problem by an ethical philosopher. The moral note in socialism, industrialism and politics detected and reaffirmed. 5. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Robert M. Yerkes Baldwin, James Mark. Social and ethical interpretations in mental development: a study in social psychology. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xiv, 574- A penetrating psychological study of the person in his public and private relations, and of society. The author thus states the aim of his book: "It is my aim, in the present essay, to inquire to what extent the principles of the development of the individual mind apply also to the evolution of society " (p. r) . The book is filled with keen analyses and clever suggestions; it is neither thorough-going nor systematic in its survey of the general field of social psychology. Boutmy, Emile. The English people: a study of their political psychology. New York : G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1904, pp. xxxvi, 332. This is a special study in social psychology in which the English type of psychological individual and social group is fully described, and the influences of environment on the people discussed. The work is sociological rather than psychological. Brinton, Daniel G. The basis of social relations. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1902, pp. xvi, 204. Briefly the author discusses the cultural and the natural history of the ethnic mind. The book is clear, concise in its statements, readable, stimulating and suggestive of many promising fields of research. " There is no such thing as progress or culture in the isolated individual, but only in the group, in society, in the ethnos " (pp. xiv-xv). Thus the author empha- sizes the importance of the study of the psychology of the group. 25 26 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY Fouill£e, Alfred. Esquisse psychologique des peuples europ6ens. Paris: Alcan, 1903, pp. xix, 552. A valuable discussion of the nature of the psychology of races, together with admirable sketches of the mental traits of the Greek, Italian, Spanish, English, German, Russian and French peoples. " Mieux on connait les grands peuples, plus on trouve de raisons de les aimer. C'est l'avantage moral qu'on retire des Etudes psychologiques et sociologiques appliquees aux divers membres de l'Humanite\ On y apprend a la fois et la justice et la sympathie " (p. viii). Le Bon, Gustave. The psychology of peoples. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1899, pp. xx, 236. The psychological characteristics are here considered in their relations to human institutions. Interesting accounts are given of the psychic traits of various peoples; of the variability of races; of their development; of their decadence; and of the roles of religion and of great individuals. " Together with character," the author writes, " ideas should be accounted one of the principal factors in the evolution of a civilization " (p. 235). Le Bon, Gustave. The crowd: a study of the popular mind. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. xxiv, 230. An important, readable and highly interesting account of the psychology of a particular type of human social group — the crowd or mob. To students of social and psychological problems the book is of special interest because of the prevalence of mob consciousness in America at this time. Le Bon's words are significant: "While all our ancient beliefs are tottering and disappearing, while the old pillars of society are giving way one by one, the power of the crowd is the force that nothing menaces and of which the prestige is con- tinually on the increase. The age we are about to enter will in truth be the era of the crowds " (p. xv). SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 27 McDougall, William. An introduction to social psychol- ogy. London: Methuen & Co., 1908, pp. xvi, 355. An able, scientific analysis of the psychological basis of the social sciences, with special reference to the nature of the funda- mental instincts of men. The book is intended for students of the social sciences and is not over-technical. The following sentence gives one the fundamental thought of the writer: " The department of psychology that is of primary importance for the social sciences is that which deals with the springs of human action, the impulses and motives that sustain mental and bodily activity and regulate conduct " (pp. 2, 3). Ross, Edward A. Social psychology. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xvi, 372. This is a general account of certain important social relations as seen from the psychological point of view. It is not a techni- cal social psychology. Topics of such general interest as imita- tion, custom, habit, suggestibility, fashion, the mob and public opinion are interestingly treated. " Social psychology, as the writer conceives it, studies the psychic planes and currents that come into existence among men in consequence of their association " (p. 1). Ward, Lester F. The psychic factors of civilization. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1907, pp. xxi, 369. This is an elaborate account of the various aspects of the mental life of human beings in its relations to their complicated social life. The book contains a large amount of valuable mate- rial, with much that is of interest to the general reader. Vierkandt, Alfred. Naturvolker und Kulturvolker. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1896, vii, 497 S. This is an admirable technical study of the development of the conception of a social consciousness, of the character of the mental life of social groups, of the fundamental psychological differences between civilized and uncivilized races, and of the nature of the highest type of social development. 28 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY Wundt, Wilhelm. Volkerpsychologie. Eine Untersuch- ung der Entwicklungsgesetze von Sprache, Mythus, und Sitte. Leipzig: Englemann, 1900-09. An extensive scholarly work in three volumes (six parts) : Band I, Theil 1. Die Sprache, 1900, xv, 627 S. Band I, Theil 2. Die Sprache, 1900, x, 644 S. Band II, Theil 1. Mythus und Religion, 1905, xi, 617 S. Band II, Theil 2. Mythus und Religion, 1906, vii, 481 S. Band II, Theil 3. Mythus und Religion, 1909, xii, 792 S. Band III. Die Kunst, 1908, x, 564 S. The American Journal of Sociology contains, in its recent volumes, some important articles on Social Psychology. The Psychological Bulletin, since 1905, has devoted one number a year to reviews and discussions of recent books and articles on Social Psychology. 6. SOCIOLOGY Thomas Nixon Carver Comte, Auguste. Positive philosophy. Freely translated and condensed by Harriet Martineau. 2 vols., London, 1853; 3 vols., New York: P. Eckler, 1896 (Book VI). Significant as the first statement of the concept of a compre- hensive science of social phenomena. Valuable also because of the positivist standpoint, which has become the standpoint of every subsequent writer of importance in the field of sociology. Darwin, Charles. The descent of man and selection in relation to sex. 2 vols. London, 187 1; New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1882-87. Valuable chiefly because it was Darwin's own attempt to apply the principles of evolution to the problems of human devel- opment and to the progress of morals, politics and social control. Spencer, Herbert. The principles of sociology. 2 vols. London, 1876-82; revised edition, 3 vols. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1877-97. The most comprehensive treatise extant. Without endorsing the author's views in every respect, one can safely say that this is the one book which not to have read disqualifies one for expressing opinions on sociological topics. Spencer, Herbert. The study of sociology. London, 1873; revised edition, New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1897, pp. 426. A briefer treatise, valuable chiefly for its defense of the concept of a science of society and of the sociological method. Giddings, Franklin Henry. The principles of sociology. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1896, pp. xvi, 476. 29 30 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY An ambitious attempt, along a different line from that pursued by Herbert Spencer, to work out a general science of society. Based mainly upon psychological concepts, chief of which is that of " consciousness of kind " as the ultimate social fact. Small, Albion W., and Vincent, George E. An intro- duction to the study of society. New York: American Book Company, 1894, pp. 384. An excellent elementary treatise, but somewhat overloaded with technical terms. Bagehot, Walter. Physics and politics. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1906, pp. 228. Though not claiming to be a sociological treatise, it is, never- theless, one of the sanest and, at the same time, one of the most acute analyses of social phenomena. Kidd, Benjamin. Social evolution. New edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1898, pp. x, 404. Develops a bold thesis as to the conditions of social progress and the function of religious belief as a factor in progress. Sumner, William G. Folkways. Boston: Ginn & Com- pany, 1907, pp. v, 692. A mass of facts and social data, showing prodigious and pains- taking toil in the collecting, but not always presented to the reader in predigested form. Ward, Lester F. Dynamic sociology. 2 vols. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1883, pp. xx, 706; vii, 690. The author's point of approach is similar to that of Herbert Spencer, but many of his conclusions are diametrically opposed. Brilliant at times, but extremely erratic at others. Galton, Francis. Hereditary genius. New edition. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1887, pp. x, 390. Though not ostensibly a sociological treatise, it contains some of the most profound observations on sociological problems to be found anywhere. SOCIOLOGY 3 1 Tarde, Gabriel. Social laws. Translated from the French by H. C. Warren. New York: The Macmillan Com- pany, 1899, pp. 213. A most ingenious attempt to discover and state certain ob- served uniformities in the field of social psychology. Le Bon, Gustav. The crowd. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1896, pp. xii, 230. A pioneer work in the field of mob psychology. Ross, Edward Alsworth. Social control. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. xii, 463. A work on the border line between sociology and politics, but particularly suggestive in that it points out the psychological and sociological foundations of government. La Pouge, Georges V. de. Les selections sociales. Paris : A. Fontemoing, 1896, pp. xii, 503. Applies the Darwinian principle of selection to social questions. Huxley, Thomas H. Evolution and ethics. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1905, pp. xiii, 334. Especially valuable for correcting some hasty generalizations of the ultra-Darwinians in the field of sociology. Mackintosh, Robert. From Comte to Benjamin Kidd. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1899, pp. xxii, 287. An excellent review of the development of the positivist method in the field of sociology. 7. SOCIAL STATISTICS William Z. Ripley The principal source for the United States is the " Federal Census," taken decennially since 1790. The later ones are summarized in special volumes, that for 1900 being known as the " Supplementary Analysis." A still briefer " Abstract " is also published. The " Supplementary Analysis " is, however, more serviceable, inasmuch as it offers in the text a critical examination of the figures, setting forth the limitations upon their use. A " Statistical Atlas " also accompanies each census since 1870, offering the results in graphic form. " Special reports " on a variety of topics are also issued. Among these since 1900 maybe mentioned, "A Century of Population Growth," Washington, 1909; " Marriage and Divorce," 1867-1906, two parts, Washington, 1909, and " Statistics of Cities." " Mor- tality Statistics " for all states having registration laws are also compiled and published annually. This is the standard refer- ence for all states and minor subdivisions. Several of the Commonwealths, notably Massachusetts, take censuses on the intervening quinquennial years, some of them containing more detailed information than is afforded by the federal census. The " United States Statistical Abstract," published annually, is often serviceable. For foreign countries, the " Statistical Abstract for Great Britain" and also " The Statistical Abstract for the Principal and other Foreign Countries," will serve as convenient and accurate handbooks. Some of the leading newspapers, notably the New York Tribune and the World, publish " Almanacs," containing a wide range of material gathered from official publications. The " Statesman's Year Book " is a valuable source. The most elaborate scientific collection, issued annually and covering a very wide range of social data, is, G. Sundborg: " Apercus statistiques internationaux." Stockholm: Imprimerie Royale. Since 1906 this has been published in French. 32 SOCIAL STATISTICS 33 Among scientific serials which are invaluable to students of social statistics, not only for their separate articles, but for their reviews of current literature, should be included: Quarterly Publications of the American Statistical Association and Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. The following standard treatises are of fundamental impor- tance, containing not only positive statistical data, but critical examination as to their value: Mayo-Smith, Richmond. Statistics and sociology. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1895, pp. xvi, 399. Mayo-Smith, Richmond. Statistics and economics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1899, pp. 467. These volumes of material up to the date of their publication are most valuable. They are, however, less ample in American material than for foreign countries. Bailey, William B. Modern social conditions. New York: The Century Company, 1906, pp. 377. This treatise is confined principally to the field of vital sta- tistics and problems of population. Bowley, Arthur Lyon. Elements of statistics. London: P. S. King & Son, 1901, pp. 328. The most scientific treatise extant as to statistical method, but less serviceable as a collection of positive data. Wright, Carroll D. Outline of practical sociology. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1899, pp. xxv, 431. This obviously does not include data from the census of 1900. Newsholme, A. Elements of vital statistics. Third edition. London: Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., 1899, pp. xxiv, 326. The standard authority for this special field. Walker, Francis A. Discussions in economics and statis- 34 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY tics. 2 vols. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1899, pp. iv, 454, 481. Weber, Adna F. The growth of cities in the nineteenth century. New York: Columbia University Studies, 1899, pp. xiv, 497. This work is a convenient source book for all statistics of cities. Schnapper-Arndt, Gottlieb. Sozial-Statistik. Leipzig: W. Klinkhardt, 1908, xxii, 642 S. This book offers a readable account of statistical data, mainly for European countries. Mayr, Georg von. Statistik und Gesellschaftslehre. 3 Bde. Freiburg i. B. : J. C. B. Mohr, 1895-1909, 202, 486, 260 S. The most elaborate treatise, serviceable mainly to specialists- It contains a wonderfully complete bibliography in all languages, arranged under separate headings, which may be of use in looking up special topics. 8. SOCIAL INVESTIGATION Robert F. Foerster Works entirely or mainly in special fields, as housing, immigra- tion or unemployment, should be sought in this bibliography under their appropriate heads. A method of social investigation often employed is the collec- tion of family budgets. The classical literature on this subject includes chiefly Sir Frederick Eden's " State of the poor " (1797) and the fifty-seven monographs of typical families in various parts of Europe by Frederic Le Play, published as " Les ouvriers europeens," partly in 1855, entirely in 18 7 7-1 87 9. The method of Le Play, further developed by Ernst Engel in studies published in the period 1857-1895, has fundamentally influenced later procedure. Although a number of the volumes listed below make incidental use of this method, the concluding four titles use it essentially and belong to the growing special literature of the subject. Booth, Charles. Life and labor of the people in London. 17 vols. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902. A monumental investigation, first undertaken, in 1886, by a London merchant with able assistants. The first four volumes study the population by districts; the next five by occupations; the next seven study the religious influences on the population; a final volume summarizes and interprets the preceding volumes. As a comprehensive picture and analysis of life in a great city during the last decade of the nineteenth century, methodic in procedure, judicious yet sympathetic in temper, the work remains unapproached. Rowntree, B. Seebohm. Poverty: a study of town life. Third edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. xii, 452. A valuable intensive study, based largely on house-to-house 35 36 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY inquiry among 11,560 families in York, England. It measures the extent and depth of poverty, describes the relation of poverty to insufficiency of income and to improvidence, and discusses the prevalence of chronic insufficiency of food and clothing and the ensuing physical deterioration. Howarth, E. G., and Wilson, M., compilers. West Ham; being the report of the Outer London Inquiry Commit- tee. London: Dent & Co., 1907, pp. xix, 423. An admirable study, by a private committee, of a suburban manufacturing district. It traces the consequences of rapid industrial development for housing and rents and describes the conditions of casual labor (the prevalent type) and its connection with the sweated industry of women and children. The effects of the activities of the local government and of philanthropic agencies are discussed. Great Britain. Royal Commission on the Poor Laws and Relief of Distress. Report [1 vol.] with evidence and appendices [^^ vols.]. London, 1909-19 10. An abundance of information on industrial and living condi- tions throughout Great Britain, secured at first hand by skilled investigators, is contained in this epoch-making report. Kellogg, Paul U., editor. The Pittsburgh Survey. 6 vols. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 19 10. The most notable social investigation of an American city that has yet been made. Especially striking is the emphasis laid on the consequences of industrial for social conditions. The numbers of Charities and the Commons [now The Survey] for January 21, February 6, and March 6, 1909, contained what is officially called " the gist " of the findings. Of the full report, only two volumes, entitled " Women and the Trades," and " Work- Accidents and the Law," have so far appeared; the others, entitled "The Pittsburgh District," "The Steel Work- ers," " Homestead," and " Pittsburgh, the Gist of the Survey," are announced for early publication. SOCIAL INVESTIGATION 37 Woods, Robert A., editor. The city wilderness. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1899, pp. vii, 319. Woods, Robert A., editor. Americans in process. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1903, pp. ix, 389. Collections of papers by residents and associates of the South End House, dealing with the present populations of certain old residential parts of Boston. They rest on a basis of long-contin- ued and accurate observation. The first volume interestingly describes the character and activities of the inhabitants of the South End and the ameliorative agencies there ; the second simi- larly discusses the North and West Ends, which are the settling- grounds of the newer immigrants. Hull-House Maps and Papers. By residents of Hull House. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1895, pp. viii, 230. Jane Addams and others discuss economic and racial condi- tions in a congested part of Chicago, where their opportunities for investigation, as well as for philanthropic effort, have been excellent. Roberts, Peter. The anthracite coal communities. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1904, pp. xiii, 387. A comprehensive study, based upon official sources and direct investigation, of the economic and social life of the anthracite population, largely immigrant, of Pennsylvania. Ways of amelio- ration, existent and proposed, are discussed. Woolston, H. B. A study of the population of Manhattan- ville. New York: Columbia University, 1909, pp. 158. Mainly an analysis of the racial and psychological constitution and economic conditions of the population in upper New York City. Rus, Jacob A. How the other half lives. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1890, pp. 304. Rus, Jacob A. The battle with the slum. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. xi, 465. 38 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY These and other volumes by the same author contain sympa- thetic studies of life in the congested areas of New York. United States Bureau of Labor. Eighteenth annual report, 1903 : The cost of living and retail prices of food. Wash- ington: Government Printing Office, 1904, pp. 865. An investigation of the living expenses of over twenty-five thousand working-class families in thirty-three states; native and foreign elements of the population are included. This volume makes reference (p. 11) to the previous publica- tions by the Bureau of Labor. Subsequent data, chiefly dealing with changes in the price of food, have been published at annual intervals in the Bulletins of the Bureau. Great Britain, Board of Trade : Cost of living of the working classes. Report of an inquiry into working-class rents, housing and retail prices, with the standard rates of wages in the principal industrial towns of the United Kingdom. London, 1898 (Cd. 3864). This valuable inquiry, begun for Great Britain alone, has received an international extension. Volumes on Germany (1908), France (1909) and Belgium (1910) have been published, and a volume on the United States is being prepared. More, Louise B. Wage-earners' budgets. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1907, pp. v, 280. This study of the standard of living of two hundred families in lower New York, an immigrant tenement district, has probably, through guarded procedure, a fairly representative value for similar localities. Chapin, R. C. The standard of living among workingmen's families in New York City. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 1909, pp. xv, 372. A cautious study of the budgets of four hundred families in Greater New York. The conclusion is similar to that of Mrs. More: " The maintenance of a normal standard " requires an income of $800-1900 annually. 9. THE ETHICS OF ART Ralph Barton Perry I. Standard Works Aristotle. Theory of poetry and fine art. With a critical text and translation of the " Poetic," by S. H. Butcher. Third edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. xxxvii, 419. This book contains not only a translation of Aristotle's famous treatise, but also an important essay in which Aristotle's inter- pretation of art is expounded and criticised. Aristotle's treat- ment of art is essentially ethical, having reference to the effect of art on the individual observer. Comte, Auguste. A general view of positivism. Transla- ted by J. H. Bridges. London: Trubner & Co., 1865, pp. xii, 426. A modern positivistic conception of the place of art in an ideal republic. Compare with Plato. Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich. Introduction to the philosophy of fine art. Translated with notes and prefatory essay by Bernard Bosanquet. London: Kegan, Paul, Trench & Co., 1886, pp. xxxiii, 175. The modern idealistic philosophy of art, in which a metaphysi- cal significance is attributed to beauty. The prefatory essay contains a sympathetic interpretation of Hegel. Plato. Republic. The dialogues of Plato. Translated by B. Jowett. Third edition. Vol. III. Oxford: Clar- endon Press, 1902, pp. ccxxxi, 338. Books III and X of the " Republic " constitute the first ethical critique of art, both in order of time and in order of im- 39 40 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY portance. In this edition there is an excellent analysis of the text by the translator. Schiller, Friedrich. Essays aesthetical and philosophical. Newly translated from the German. London: George Bell & Sons, 1905, pp. 435. The famous " Letters upon the ^Esthetical Education of Man " discuss the relation of the aesthetic sensibilities to moral character and development, or taste as a means of moral guidance. Schopenhauer, Arthur. The world as will and idea. Translated by R. B. Haldane and J. Kemp. Vol. I. London: Kegan, Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1891, pp. xxxii, 532. In Book III of this work, beauty is regarded metaphysically as the objectivication of the universal will, and ethically as a means of self-denial on the part of the individual will. II. References to Recent Writers Brunetiere, Ferdinand. L'art et la morale. Deuxieme edition. Paris: J. Hetzel et Cie., 1898, pp. 100. Art is an independent social function which should be kept in equilibrium with religion, science and tradition. Croce, Benedetto. Esthetic as science of expression and general linguistic. Translated from the Italian by Douglas Ainslee. New York: The Macmillan Com- pany, 1909, pp. xxxi, 403. Chapters VI and VII are especially recommended. The author holds that art is morally " innocent," because it consists essentially in an act of the imagination that is simpler than moral action and prior to it. Guyau, Marie Jean. L'art au point de vue sociologique. Eighth edition. Paris: Felix Alcan, 1909, pp. 1, 388. The author's general principle of social solidarity is applied to the interpretation and criticism of art. Art causes men to THE ETHICS OF ART 4 1 feel the same, as science and morality cause them to think and will the same. Munsterberg, Hugo. The eternal values. Boston : Hough- ton, Mifflin Company, 1909, pp. xv, 436. A philosophical treatment of values, belonging to the neo- Fichtean school of idealism. Esthetic values are treated as coordinate with logical, ethical and metaphysical values. The value of beauty consists in the " self-agreement " of the will. Palmer, George Herbert. The field of ethics. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1901, pp. 213. Chapter III, on " E.thics and ^Esthetics," is a comparison of beauty with goodness, and a study of the contribution which the love of beauty may make to the individual moral life. Paulhan, Frederic. Le mensonge de l'art. Paris: Felix Alcan, 1907, pp. 380. The author construes art as like science and religion in con- tributing certain illusions that are indispensable to the develop- ment of life. Art is in itself immoral in that it tends to find the ideal in fictions rather than in realities, but it serves morality indirectly in that it forges and disseminates ideals. Paulsen, Friedrich. A system of ethics. Edited and translated by Frank Thilly. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1906, pp. xviii, 723. Book III, Chapter V, on " Spiritual Life and Culture," con- tains a brief examination of the relation of art to individual development and to national ideals. Perry, Ralph Barton. The moral economy. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909, pp. xvi, 267. Chapter V, on the " Moral Criticism of Fine Art," briefly de- fines the ground on which ethics must judge art. In so far as art enters into life, individual or social, it is subject to such judgment. Read, Carveth. Natural and social morals. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1909, pp. xxv, 314. 42 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY Chapter X, on " Art and Morality," is a study of the general human value of art, with special reference to its connection (less marked now than formerly) with religion and national ideals. Ruskin, John. Lectures on art. New York: John Wiley & Son, 1870, pp. 202. Fine art has three functions, " the enforcing of the religious sentiments of men, the perfecting their ethical state and the doing them material service." Santayana, George. The life of reason. Vol. IV, Reason in art. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1905, pp. ix, 230. A study of useful and fine art as a rational activity; a philoso- phy of civilization in which art is construed as a necessary and universal expression of life. Chapter IX, on " The Justification of Art," is especially recommended. Taine, Hippolyte Adolphe. Lectures on art. Translated • by John Durand. Second series. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1875, pp. 540. An historical study of art as expressing the racial and cultural characteristics of Italy, the Netherlands and Greece. If only a part of the book is read, select " Art in Greece," pp. 347-540. II. SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS i. THE ETHICS OF THE FAMILY Francis G. Peabody The philosophy of the family is inseparable from its history. Thus the literature on the subject begins with (i) studies of the origin and development of the domestic group, continues with (2) practical and statistical discussions of the contemporary situation, and ends with (3) anticipations and programs con- cerning the future of the family. Of earlier and important references under these heads may be named : (1) Bagehot, "Physics and Politics, 1873; Coulanges, "The Ancient City," 1874; Fiske, "The Destiny of Man," 1889; Lubbock, " Origin of Civilization," 3d ed., 1879; Maine, "Ancient Law," 3d Am. ed., 1878; McLennan, "Studies in Ancient History," 1886; Schurman, "The Ethical Import of Darwinism, 1887; Spencer, "Principles of Sociology," I; Starcke, " The Primitive Family," 1889; Westermarck, " The History of Human Marriage," 2d ed., 1894. (2) Cook, " The Marriage Celebration in the United States," Atlantic Monthly, April, 1888; Dike, Reports of National Divorce Reform League; Political Science Quarterly, December, 1889, "Statistics of Marriage and Divorce"; Lloyd, "A Treatise on the Law of Divorce," 1889; Mayo-Smith, " Statistics and Sociology," 1895; Thwing, "The Family," 1887; United States Commissioner of Labor, " Report on Marriage and Divorce," 1889; Willcox, " The Divorce Problem; a Study in Statistics," 1891; Wright, " Practical Sociology," 1899. (3) Aveling, "The Woman Question," 1897; Bebel, "Die Frau und der Sozialismus," io te Aufl., 1891; Gronlund, "The Cooperative Commonwealth in its Outlines, 1884; Naumann, " Christentum und Familie," Neunter Evang.-soz. Kongress, 43 44 SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS 1898; Morris and Bax, "Socialism," 2d ed., 1896; Pearson, " The Ethic of Free Thought," 1888. Of contemporary studies may be named : Adler, Felix. The spiritual meaning of marriage. Phila- delphia: S. B. Weston, 1908, pp. 34. *Adler, Felix. Marriage and divorce. New York: Mc- Clure, 1905, pp. iv, 59. Ethical idealism admirably applied to secure the permanence of the family. " One can no more disown a spouse than he can disown his child." Bosanquet, Helen. The family. New York: The Mac- millan Company, 1906, pp. 344. A sympathetic study of the evolution of the family and its present function as an economic and ethical institution. " De- generate family life " is mainly due to an " evasion of responsi- bility " (p. 340). Bryce, James. Marriage and divorce. New York: Henry Frowde, 1905, pp. 80. Republished from his " Studies in history and jurisprudence," 1901. The history of Roman and English law reviewed and the con- flicts between the doctrines of " Subordination " and " Equality " described with academic restraint, yet with moral power. " The experience of Rome may not be without some warning for our own time " (Preface). Howard, George Elliott. The history of matrimonial institutions. 3 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1904, pp. 473, 497, 449. A monumental and indispensable study of the origins and development of the family, its relation to Christian teaching, and the tendencies of legislation in the United States. " The family will survive, but it will be a family of a higher type " (III, p. 259) . THE ETHICS OF THE FAMILY 45 An exhaustive bibliographical index is appended to the third volume, pp. 263—402. Letourneau, Charles. The evolution of marriage and of the family. London: Walter Scott, Ltd., 1904, pp. xiii, 373- A learned exposition, illustrating the modern revolt against " the indissolubility of marriage." " Relative morality " is applied to the family, and the law of evolution is interpreted as indicating that the future " will inaugurate a regime of mono- gamic union, freely contracted, and at need freely dissolved " (P- 358). National League for the Protection of the Family, Publications of the. Samuel W. Dike, Secretary, Auburndale, Mass. This organization has published since 1881 excellent annual summaries of legislation, has promoted many important investi- gations, and has indicated trustworthy literature on the " exist- ing evils relating to marriage and divorce." The annual report for 1 9 10 describes with brevity and force the legislation and events of the year. United States Department of Commerce and Labor. Special report on marriage and divorce, 1867-1906. Washington: Government Printing Office, Part II, 1908, pp. 840; Part I, 1909, pp. 535. The second installment of the monumental inquiry of which the first section gave the twenty years from 1 867-1 886. The com- pleted report gives the statistics of marriage and divorce in each state and territory of the United States for a consecutive period of forty years (1867-1906) and provides an unprecedented and invaluable basis for investigation, legislation and reform. 2. THE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT William Bennett Munro The sources of instruction in Political Science must be sought chiefly in the great works of constitutional history, such as those of Grote, Mommsen, Gibbon, Ranke, Stubbs, Macaulay and Lecky. All of these works have passed through several editions and may be found in any library. The books in the following list relate only to the special field of government and are grouped into two main divisions: First, those which' deal with the history and theory of government; and, second, those which afford a description of the framework and functions of government at the present day. Each of these groups is further divided into three parts containing (i) the books which may be termed in- troductory; (2) those affording more detailed information and hence termed advanced; and (3) those which may be called special treatises, since they deal in a more or less technical way with the subjects indicated by their titles. I. The History and Theory op Government (a) INTRODUCTORY Lavisse, Ernest. General view of the political history of Europe. Translated from the French by Charles Gross. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1891, pp. xi, 188. An outline of the rise of modern European states. Concise, comprehensive and accurate. Jenks, Edward. The elements of politics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1894, pp. 172. A convenient handbook containing an interesting sketch of the way in which political and legal institutions came into being and developed in their earlier stages. 46 THE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 47 Pollock, Sir Frederick. Introduction to the history of the science of politics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1897, pp. x, 128. The evolution of theories concerning the state from Plato to Herbert Spencer is treated in concise but illuminating fashion. (b) advanced Maine, Sir Henry. Ancient law. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1888, pp. vi, 400. Studies in the origins of legal institutions. Suggestive, clear and interesting. One of the great books of the nineteenth century in the field of institutional history. Fowler, William W. The city-state of the Greeks and Romans. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1893, pp. xvii, 332. A short but very useful survey of the well-organized republics of the classical age. Jenks, Edward. Law and politics in the middle ages. London: John Murray, 1898, pp. 366. A history of the development of political civilization during the long period intervening between the fall of the Roman Empire and the rise of modern states. Bluntschli, Johann K. The theory of the modern state. Translated from the German. Oxford : The Clarendon Press, 1895, pp. xxv, 550. An examination of the basis, nature and functions of the modern state, with a study of the character and influence of various contemporary political forces. Contains much sugges- tive discussion well put together. Sidgwick, Henry. The elements of politics. London: Macmillan & Co., 1891, pp. 700. A scholarly volume on the philosophy of politics, with an attempt to discover the principles which underly various political institutions. 48 SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS Dunning, William A. History of political theories, ancient and mediaeval. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. xiv, 360. Dunning, William A. History of political theories from Luther to Montesquieu. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. x, 459. These two volumes trace in some detail the development of political ideals and discussions concerning government from earliest times to the middle of the eighteenth century. Merriam, Charles E. American political theories. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. xv, 364. An outline of the ideals of American statesmen, particularly of Adams, Jefferson and Jackson, with a consideration of the effect of these ideals upon the development of American govern- ment. (c) SPECIAL Green, Thomas Hill. The principles of political obligation. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1895, pp. xxiv, 252. A philosophic discussion of the principles which govern the relations of men in civil society. Jellinek, Georg. Das Recht des modernen Staates. Berlin: 0. Haring, 1900, xxix, 726. The most useful special work on the theory of modern political organization. Gives numerous references to a wide range of political literature. Lecky, W. E. H. Democracy and liberty. 2 vols. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1899, pp. lxxiii, 568; xix, 601. An interesting and accurate study of the relations of democ- racy and liberty throughout human history. Bosanquet, Bernard. The philosophical theory of the state. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1899, pp. 360. A sound and scholarly work of special value to advanced students of philosophy. THE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 49 Ritchie, David G. Natural rights. London: Swan, Son- nenschein & Co., 1895, pp. xvi, 304. An analysis of the so-termed " natural " rights of men and citizens. II. Contemporary Government (a) elementary Leacock, Stephen. Elements of political science. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1906, pp. ix, 417. A well-written outline of the whole field of present-day politi- cal institutions. Wilson, Woodrow. The state. Boston: D. C. Heath & Co., 1898, pp. xxxvi, 686. Contains, in addition to other useful matter, a general sketch of the more important foreign governments. Hart, Albert Bushnell. Actual government. New York : Longmans, Green & Co., 1906, pp. xxxiv, 599. The best working text-book for the study of contemporary American government. Ashley, Roscoe • L. The American federal state. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xliii, 599. Useful for the comprehensiveness of its discussions and the numerous references given. (b) ADVANCED Dodd, Walter F. Modern constitutions. 2 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1909, pp. xxiii, 351; xiv, 352. Contains English editions of the constitutions of all important countries, with a brief historical introduction to each, and select lists of books for further study. 50 SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS Bryce, James. The American commonwealth. New edition. 2 vols. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1910. Unquestionably the best and most interesting description of American government. Although written more than a score of years ago, a recent revised edition has brought the discussions down to date. Lowell, A. Lawrence. The government of England. 2 vols. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xv, 570; vii, 563. ' Lowell, A. Lawrence. Governments and parties in continental Europe. 2 vols. Boston : Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1897, pp. xiv, 377; viii, 455. In these four volumes the student will find comprehensive, accurate and interesting descriptions of the structure and work- ings of government in Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Switzerland and Austro-Hungary. Goodnow, Frank J. Municipal government. New York: The Century Company, 1909, pp. ix, 401. The best general work on the government of cities in the "United States and in European countries. (c) special General Books Dareste, F. R. Les constitutions modernes. Troisieme edition. 2 vols. Paris: Challamel, 19 10. An authoritative treatise on modern constitutional govern- ment, with copies of a great many important constitutional documents and references to all the latest literature bearing upon them. Burgess, John W. Political science and comparative constitutional law. 2 vols. Boston : Ginn & Company, 1890, pp. xx, 337; xx, 404. THE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 51 A work of high value, with many interesting comparisons of American with European political institutions. Goodnow, Frank J. Comparative administrative law. 2 vols. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1903, pp. xxv, 338, 326. Deals exhaustively with the machinery of government in Europe and America. Very useful for the comparative study of contemporary political institutions. United States Lodge, Henry Cabot, editor. The federalist. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1900, pp. xxi, 586. Contains the writings of Hamilton, Madison and Jay in ex- planation of the nature and principles of the American Consti- tution. Story, Joseph. Commentaries on the constitution of the United States. Fifth edition. 2 vols. Boston : Little, Brown & Co., 1891. Somewhat old, but still the standard commentary on the Constitution. It is exhaustive, lucid and trustworthy. Willoughby, Westel W. American constitutional law. 3 vols. New York: 19 10. The most comprehensive recent treatise on the Constitution as interpreted by the courts. Attention should also be called to the various books on special topics in American government which are printed in the American Citizen Series (Longmans, Green & Co.) ; in the American State Series (The Century Company) and in The Citizen's Library (The Macmillan Company). England Anson, Sir W. R. The law and custom of the constitution. Fourth edition. 3 vols. Oxford : The Clarendon Press, 1909, pp. xxvi, 404; xxiv, 347; xxxii, 283. 52 SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS An inclusive treatise on the development and present organi- zation of the British political system, with chapters on India and the colonies. Dicey, Albert V. The law of the constitution. London: Macmillan & Co., 1889, pp. xiii, 440. An illuminating discussion of the r61e which custom plays in the British constitution. It is a work which should be read by every student of the science of government. Redlich, J., and Hirst, F. W. Local government in Eng- land. 2 vols. London: Macmillan & Co., 1903, pp. xxvi, 427; viii, 435. A very thorough study of local institutions, with a good deal of attention to the differences between the spirit of English and Continental administration. France Bodley, John E. C. France. 2 vols. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1900, pp. xxvii, 346; vi, 504. Treats the whole field of French government in a rather super- ficial but extremely interesting way. Esmein, Adh£mar. Elements du droit constitutionel fran- cais. Paris: Larose et Tenin, 1909, pp. xiv, 542. By all means the best single volume on the government of the Third French Republic. Contains plenty of references for further study. Germany Howard, Burt E. The German Empire. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. viii, 449. Largely a compilation from standard German works, but use- ful as a work of reference for those who cannot use books in the original. THE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 53 Laband, Paul. Deutsches Reichstaatsrecht. Tubingen: J. C. B. Mohr (P. Siebeck), 1909, viii, 464 S. The best single volume on the present political organization of the German Empire, written by the foremost living authority in this field. A short statement concerning the governmental organization of all the countries of the globe, together with references to some accessible books which give more detailed information in each case, may be found in the Statesman's Year Book (London: Macmillan & Co.), published annually. 3 . TAXATION Charles J. Bullock Adams, Henry Carter. The science of finance. New York : Henry Holt & Co., 1889, pp. xiii, 573. Treats of the principles of taxation and of national and local taxation in the United States. Addresses and Proceedings of the Annual Conferences of the International Tax Association. 1908. The International Tax Association, Columbus, Ohio. Valuable collections of papers by recognized experts on current problems in American taxation. Bastable, Charles Francis. Public finance. Third re- vised edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1903, pp. xxiv, 780. Particularly valuable for its treatment of European tax sys- tems and useful for its discussion of the principles of taxation. Bullock, Charles J., editor. Selected readings in public finance. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1906, pp. viii, 671. Contains selections from a considerable number of works on finance and taxation. Ely, Richard T., and Finley, J. H. Taxation in American states and cities. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1888, pp. xx, 544. A pioneer work in American taxation, based upon the author's investigations as member of the Maryland Tax Commission. Fillebrown, Charles Bowdoin. The A B C of taxation. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1909, pp. ix, 229. A brief and interesting presentation of single-tax doctrine by a successful man of affairs. 54 TAXATION 55 Howe, Frederic C. Taxation and taxes in the United States under the internal revenue system. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1896, pp. xiv, 293. A valuable history of the internal taxes levied by our federal government. Means, David MacGregor. The methods of taxation. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co., 1909, pp. xi, 380. Valuable on the critical rather than the constructive side. Mill, John Stuart. Principles of political economy. London, 1848; edited with an introduction by W. J. Ashley. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1909, pp. liii, 1013. The chapters of the fifth book that deal with taxation are worthy of careful study. Rowntree, Joseph, and Sherwell, Arthur. The taxation of the liquor trade. New York : The Macmillan Com- pany, 1906, pp. xxii, 537. Has special reference to English conditions, but treats of the taxation of the liquor trade in the United States. Seligman, E. R. A. Essays in taxation. Third edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1900, pp. 434. Contains important essays upon the general property tax, corporation taxes, the inheritance tax, betterment taxes, etc. Seligman, E. R. A. Progressive taxation in theory and practice. Second revised edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. v, 334. A valuable critical survey of theories, ancient and modern; considers also the legislation of various countries. Shearman, T. G. Natural taxation. New edition. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1898, pp. 268. An able and authoritative exposition of single-tax doctrine by a disciple of Henry George. 56 SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS Smith, Adam. The wealth of nations. (1776.) Edited with notes by Edwin Carman. 2 vols. New York : G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1904, pp. xlviii, 462; vii, 506. The second chapter of the fifth book of the " Wealth of Nations " should be read by every student of taxation. Walker, Francis A. Double taxation in the United States. New York: The Columbia University Press, 1895, pp. 132. A careful study of a vexed problem of great importance in the United States. Wells, David A. The theory and practice of taxation. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1900, pp. 648. Important for its discussion of federal taxation and the work- ing of the general property tax in the United States. West, Max. The inheritance tax. Second revised edition. New York : The Columbia University Press (The Mac- millan Company, agents), 1908, pp. 249. An exhaustive study of inheritance taxation in both its theo- retical and practical aspects. Weston, Stephen F. Principles of justice in taxation. New York: The Columbia University Press (The Mac- millan Company, agents), 1903, pp. 299. Useful for its discussion of the different theories of just taxation . III. SOCIAL SERVICE i. MORAL EDUCATION Henry W. Holmes General works on education often consider the processes and results of education entirely in terms of their ethical significance ; in any case, they commonly devote a part or chapter to the moral aspects of education or to phases of education which are held to be of especial importance in the formation of character. The titles of such works and of works specifically devoted to moral education but not mentioned in this list may be found in the following bibliographies: W. S. Monroe's " Bibliography of Education" (N. Y.: D. Appleton & Co., 1897); G. S. Hall's "Bibliography of Education" (Bost.: D. C. Heath, 1893); Columbia University Library Bulletin No. 2, " Books on educa- tion in the libraries of Columbia University "; U. S. Bureau of Education Bulletin, 1909, No. 9, " Bibliography of Education for 1908-9 "; U. S. Bureau of Education Bulletin, 1908, No. 3, " Bibliography of Education for 1907-8 "; Educational Review, annual bibliographies of education in issues for June, 1907, September and October, 1906; June, 1905, 1904, 1903, 1902; April, 1901, 1900. Of the older works on education, the following should be named as of especial interest to students of the moral effects of educational systems: Aristotle, "Politics," tr. Welldon, 1897 (Book X, Chapters XIV-XVII, and Book V) ; Plato, " The Republic," tr. Jowett, 1871 (Books II, III, VI, VIII); Rous- seau, " Emile," tr. Payne (1893) ; Herbart, " Outlines of Edu- cational Doctrine," tr. Lange, annot. De Garmo (1901) ; Frobel, "Education of Man," tr. Hailmann (1887); Spencer, "Edu- cation" (1878): Emerson, "Education" (1883). Educational and other reviews and magazines and the proceed- ings of educational associations (particularly the Proceedings 57 58 SOCIAL SERVICE of the National Education Association) have contained in recent years many valuable articles on moral education, none of which are mentioned in this list. Of many recent books on the subject, the following seem best to present the problems of moral educa- tion as they stand to-day. Adler, Felix. The moral instruction of children. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1901, pp. xiii, 273. Advocates unsectarian instruction in morals in the school, and outlines in a sane and suggestive way its materials and methods. "It is the business of the moral instructor ... to give his pupils a clearer understanding of what is right and what is wrong, but not to enter into the question why the right should be done and the wrong avoided " (p. 12). The best presentation of the case for the direct teaching of morality. Dewey, John. Moral principles in education. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1909, pp. x, 61. A constructive study of the school as an ethical institution; the best brief presentation of the view that education must be fundamentally a social process if it is to be morally effective. " Interest in community welfare, an interest that is intellectual and practical as well as emotional, — an interest, that is to say, in perceiving whatever makes for social order and progress, and in carrying these principles into execution, — is the moral habit to which all the special school habits must be related if they are to be animated by the breath of life " (p. 17). Griggs, Edward H. Moral education. New York: B. W. Heubsch, 1904, pp. 352. " The aim in this book has been to see ' steadily and whole ' both human life and the process of moral culture that leads to it and makes possible the happiest and most helpful living " (p. 6). This aim is largely fulfilled in an interesting and comprehensive discussion; but the point of view is strongly individualistic. Contains a good annotated bibliography. MacCunn, John. The making of character; some educa- MORAL EDUCATION 59 tional aspects of ethics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1900, pp. vii, 226. An exceptionally clear and able discussion of the means and materials of moral education. Emphasizes the importance of sound judgment guided by a theory of the moral ideal, but does not discuss the objective content of the moral life. Mark, H. Thistleton. Individuality and the moral aim in American education. The Gilchrist report pre- sented to the Victoria University, March, 1901. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1 901,. pp. xiii, 298. Mark, H. Thistleton. Moral education in American schools, with special reference to the formation of character and to instruction in the duties of citizenship. Privately printed, 1903, pp. vi, 238. Two studies forming practically one report, the most intelli- gent and comprehensive investigation into the work of American schools in the formation of character yet made. McMurry, Charles A., editor. The third year-book of the National Herbart Society. Chicago: The Univer- sity of Chicago Press, 1897, pp. 144. Comprises " Ethical principles underlying education," by John Dewey; " Social aspects of moral education," by Charles De Garmo; " The relation of school discipline to moral educa- tion," by William T. Harris; " Relation of school studies to moral training," by John Adams. These are important studies of the aims of moral education and of the general character of the means available in the school for attaining them. The first two urge especially the reconstruction of school life in order that it may become a better medium for the development of a thoroughly social type of character. Palmer, George H. Ethical and moral instruction in schools. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1909, PP- ix > 55- A penetrating analysis of the effect of school life and school 60 SOCIAL SERVICE instruction upon the moral development of the individual. The direct teaching of ethics condemned. "It is from the management and temper of the school that its formative influ- ence proceeds " (p. 50). Rugh, Charles E., and others. Moral training in the public schools. The California prize essays. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1907, pp. v, 203. Five essays, by C. E. Rugh, T. P. Stevenson, E. D. Star- buck, F. Cramer, and G. E. Myers, discussing with much in- sight and power the problem of training for morality in the public schools of America. The solutions offered are various, including certain forms of direct instruction in morality and principles on which school life must be reorganized for moral ends. Sadler, Michael E., editor. Moral instruction and train- ing in schools; report of an international inquiry. 2 vols. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1908, pp. lviii, 538, and xxvii, 378. A conspectus of theories and practices in a number of coun- tries, written in part by investigators, from the data afforded by personal and written inquiries, and in part by leaders in the countries represented. An important survey of varied opinions and conditions. Scott, Colin A. Social education. Boston : Ginn & Com- pany, 1908, pp. xi, 300. A notable consideration of school methods from the standpoint of their efficiency in producing social interests and fostering social habits. Since the " flower and fruit of the moral life is self-organized cooperative production for the service and up- building of human beings" (p. 298), opportunities for such production should be supplied by the school. Spiller, Gustav, editor. Papers on moral education com- municated to the First International Moral Education Congress. London: David Nutt, 1909, pp. xxxi, 404, 16. MORAL EDUCATION 6 1 Important discussions by over a hundred educators, repre- senting the ripest thought of the world upon almost every prob- lem of moral education. No text-book of ethical instruction is recognized as entirely satisfactory for schools. The following recent books may be mentioned as worth examining: A. Bierbower, "Ethics for schools " (1903) ; J. N. Larned, " Primer of right and wrong " (1902); W. J. Shearer, " Morals and manners " (1904); F. J. Gould, " Life and manners " (1906). There are many other books and numbers of courses and syllabi. 2. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF SOCIOLOGY Richard C. Cabot, M.D. The borderline between sociology and medicine has of late years been made the subject of a number of books. The topic is still vaguely defined and there exist as yet no authoritative or stand- ard works upon it. But since sociology has always dealt with the physical and chemical basis of civilization and has considered the influences of climate, food supply and physical geography upon society, it seems obvious that the effects of disease, of mal- nutrition, of mal ventilation, of industrial hardships and dan- gerous trades, of compulsory school laws and compulsory school congestion should be studied in their relation to the whole life of society and not merely in their medical aspects. Thus sociolo- gists are beginning to take account of medical facts, such as tuberculosis, infant mortality and industrial hygiene, not merely because they are facts, but because they are controllable by society. When we comprehend them we can change them. But the doctors also are awakening. Sociology has realized its medical affinities; medicine reciprocates by recognizing that it must understand the patient's industrial, domestic and psychical environment in order to work out for the individual sufferer an efficient diagnosis and treatment. The movement for an interchange of facts and of methods thus arises from each side of the borderline where medical sci- ence touches sociology; hence books dealing with the problems common to the two sciences are written sometimes by physi- cians, sometimes by social workers. Such books may be divided into the following groups: i. Preventive medicine. 2. School hygiene. 3. Industrial hygiene. 4. Infant mortality and the health of children. 5. The liquor problem. 62 MEDICAL ASPECTS OF SOCIOLOGY 63 6. Tuberculosis. 7. Mental hygiene. 8. The hospital as a public servant. I. Preventive Medicine Among the books on Preventive Medicine in its public and sociological aspect, the most useful, all things considered, are the following: Hutchinson, Woods, M.D. Preventable diseases. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1909, pp. vi, 442. Hutchinson, Woods, M.D. Instinct and health. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co., 1908, pp. 334. Dr. Hutchinson possesses an unequaled faculty for picturesque and striking presentation of medical facts in cheir social bearing. Whatever he writes is readable and for the most part true. Though all of his books contain what seem to me to be errors, they concern in practically every instance matters of minor importance. The first of the books above referred to deals mainly with the infectious diseases and the different forms of nervousness, while the other is concerned with matters of general hygiene and with the care of children. Allen, William H. Civics and health. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1909, pp. vii, 411. Though rather hastily thrown together, this book is an attrac- tive presentation of the salient facts in many fields of sociological medicine. About half of it deals with school hygiene, while the rest skims the surface of many other important matters such as are covered by Dr. Hutchinson's books. II. School Hygiene Gulick, L. H., and Ayres, L. P. The medical inspection of schools. New York : Charities Publication Company, 1908, pp. x, 276. For American readers this is the most useful book dealing with the public and sociological aspects of the health of school 64 SOCIAL SERVICE children. It is a careful and scholarly though not an especially- attractive piece of work. The bibliography is particularly thorough and valuable. Forsyth, David, M.D. Children in health and disease. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1909, pp. xi, 362. Though addressed primarily to professional readers and rather dryly written, this book contains a large amount of matter inter- esting to the general reader and to the sociologist. The local color is that of the British Isles. III. Industrial Hygiene Oliver, Thomas, M.D., F.R.C.P. Dangerous trades. New- York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1902, pp. xvii, 891. An encyclopedic, thorough and technical work, not popular in style, but necessary to all students of the subject on account of the breadth of learning which characterizes it. The historical, social and legal aspects of industrial occupation, as well as their physiological and pathological effects, are dealt with. Oliver, Thomas, M.D., F.R.C.P. Diseases of occupation. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1908, pp. xix, 472. A briefer and more popular book, intended for the general as well as the professional reader, and covering, though in a less scholarly way, the same ground. IV. Infant Mortality and the Health of Children Newman, George, M.D., F.R.S.E. Infant mortality: a social problem. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1907, pp. vi, 356. The most thorough discussion of infant mortality in English, though dealing almost wholly with conditions as they exist in England and Wales. The style is dry, but the matter is syste- matically and logically presented. The book by Forsyth above referred to. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF SOCIOLOGY 65 V. The Liquor Problem A series of books published under the directions of the Com- mittee of Fifty states in a useful way most of the facts needed by the student of the sociological problems created by alcoholism. All of these books are carefully and conscientiously written; though without any special consideration for popularity. They are distinctly books for the student. Wines, F. H., and Koren, John. Legislative aspects of the liquor problem. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1897, pp. viii, 425. Koren, John. Economic aspects of the liquor problem. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1899, pp. x, 322 The bibliography of this book is especially good. Peabody, Francis G., and others. Summary of the in- . vestigations of the liquor problem. Boston : Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1905, pp. 182. The last of these books sums up the investigations of the other two, as well as of three others not here mentioned in detail, but dealing with: Physiological aspects of the liquor problem, Ethical aspects of the liquor problem, and Substitutes for the saloon. VI. Tuberculosis Of the many books intended to popularize the subject of tuberculosis and its prevention, the best on the whole seems to me the following: Knopf, S. A., M.D. Tuberculosis. New York: Moffat, Yard & Co., 1909, pp. xxiv, 394. The subject is treated in a series of chapters dealing with the duties of different groups within the community in their more or less necessary relation to tuberculosis. It is written with enthu- siasm unhampered by any sense of humor. 66 SOCIAL SERVICE VII. Mental Hygiene It has begun to be recognized that the sanity, cheerfulness and equanimity of the community is one of the most important aspects of its success and efficiency. Hence, ■within the past three or four years there has appeared a group of books written by physicians and designed to convey to the general public all that is good in Christian Science, and a good deal more, while avoiding what the writers consider the radical errors of Mrs. Eddy's followers. The best of these books seem to me the fol- lowing: Gulick, Luther H., M.D. The efficient life. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1907, pp. xvi, 195. Gulick, Luther H., M.D. Mind and work. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1908, pp. x, 201. That employment is Nature's physician is the burden of Dr. Gulick's remarks, and he succeeds in keeping hygiene from seeming unhealthy and self -centered. So far as they go, these books may be unhesitatingly recommended. Walton, George L. Why worry? Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1908, pp. 275. Walton, George L. Those nerves. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1909, pp. 202. The standpoint is that of a smiling stoic, not without sympathy for the ills of humanity, and distinctly skillful in the art of cheering people up. No fundamental problems are attacked. The books are entertaining throughout. VIII. The Hospital as a Public Servant Baker, Ray Stannard. New ideals in healing. New York: Frederick A. Stokes Company, 1909, pp. viii, 105. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF SOCIOLOGY 67 Cabot, Richard C, M.D. Social service and the art of healing. New York: Moffat, Yard & Co., 1909, pp. ix, 192. In these two books the attempt is made to show that hospitals must conceive of their functions more widely and with more sympathy for humanity outside their walls if they are to justify their existence and expenditure. 3- POOR RELIEF Jeffrey R. Brackett The tendency to-day, happily, among thoughtful workers, is to interpret these words widely. Lack of protection to health and morals, and of opportunities essential for reasonable devel- opment, makes men needy. Forms of relief are many — moral and material; its sources are various. Poor relief becomes social service if it aims to strengthen the whole man, the family and society. It should consider the so- called normal man as a human body and being, in association with others. So all knowledge which contributes to the art of right living is helpful. Poverty and pauperism themselves, their causes and remedies, reach beyond the limits of this bibliography into wide fields of industry, insurance, sanitation, government, morality, religion. Our subject is relief of needy persons. But this relief should lead to effective work for prevention; it is itself preventive in so far as it educates individuals and makes for good social habit. As introduction to relief work should be studied what poor neighborhoods and " the poor " are, in order to get into the right relation to them, especially to learn their handicaps and their possibilities. Woods, Robert A., editor. The city wilderness. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1898, pp. 319. Woods, Robert A., editor. Americans in process. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1902, pp. xii, 389. Describing conditions of living and labor in several neighbor- hoods in Boston. Other volumes to follow. 68 POOR RELIEF 69 Hull House Maps and Papers. By residents of the House. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1895, pp. viii, 230. Of some Chicago conditions. More, Louise B. Wage earners' budgets. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1907, pp. 280. On two hundred families in a neighborhood in New York City. Chapin, Robert C. The standard of living among working- men's families in New York City. New York : Charities Publication Committee, 1909, pp. xv, 372. On nearly four hundred families; with reports from other places. Kellogg, Paul U., editor. Chanties and the Commons, Pittsburgh Survey issues. New York : Charities Publi- cation Committee, January 2, February 6, and March 6, 1909. These articles give the gist of the Pittsburgh survey, which will be given in detail in six volumes, published in 1910 by the Charities Publication Committee, New York. Two volumes already published are, — Butler, Elizabeth B. Women and the trades. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 1909, pp. ii, 440. Of the work and life of twenty-two thousand women on the pay rolls of four hundred Pittsburgh establishments. Eastman, Crystal. Work, accidents and the law. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 19 10, pp. 350. Of fatal accidents to five hundred industrial wage-earners. Devine, Edward T. Misery and its causes. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. xi, 274. A summary of conditions which make needs, especially those generally beyond individual control. 70 SOCIAL SERVICE For conditions in England and characteristics common to human nature everywhere, see — Booth, Charles. Life and labor of the people in London. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902. Especially Vol. I, part I. Rowntree, B. Seebohm. Poverty, a study of town life in York. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. xxii, 452. Bosanquet, Mrs. Bernard. Rich and poor. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1899, pp. vi, 236. Bosanquet, Mrs. Bernard. The strength of the people. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. xii, 345. Loane, M. The Queen's poor. London: Edward Arnold, 1906, pp. viii, 312. Other similar books by Miss Loane. See bibliographies on Social Settlements, p. 75, Social Investi- gation, p. 35; Housing, p. 81. The attitude of the worker as to methods is important. Relief work with the needy means, largely, individual work with individuals. The value of this has been well emphasized in — Richmond, Miss Mary E. The retail method in reform. International Journal of Ethics, January, 1906, pp. 171-179. Cabot, Dr. Richard C. Social service and the art of healing. New York: Moffat, Yard & Co., 1909, pp. ix, 192. Barnett, Samuel and Henrietta. Practicable socialism. Second edition. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1894, pp. viii, 328. Collection of experiences on social reform in Toynbee Hall neighborhood, London. POOR RELIEF 7 1 Books which deal with principles and methods of poor relief, touching various types of needy persons. Conyngton, Mary. How to help. New York : The Ronald Press, 1906, pp. 371. Devine, Edward T. The practice of charity. Revised edition. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co., 1904, pp. x, 210. Henderson, Charles R. Introduction to the study of dependent, defective and delinquent classes. Revised edition. Boston: D. C. Heath & Co., 1908, pp. viii, 397- / The above are especially helpful to beginners. Warner, Amos G. American charities. New York : T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1894, pp. 407. A revised and enlarged edition by Mary R. Coolidge. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1908, pp. xxii, 510. Our first general treatise, rich in wisdom, of lasting value. Devine, Edward T. The principles of relief. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1904, pp. vi, 495. Part I, pp. 1-181, deals with principles, especially adequacy of relief, for rehabilitation. Part III, pp. 269-480, is historical and illustrative. Bearing chiefly on sources of relief and cooperation are — Chalmers, Thomas. The sufficiency of a parochial system. Also essays and sermons. In complete works. Masterman, N., editor. Chalmers on Charity, selections and biographical notes. London: Constable & Co., 1900, pp. 414. Richmond, Mary E. Friendly visiting among the poor. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1899, pp. x, 225. Chapter IX sums up relief principles. 72 SOCIAL SERVICE Richmond, Mary E. The good neighbor in the modern city. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Company, 1908, pp. ix, 152. Those interested in particular types of the needy, about each of which there is to-day a growing bibliography, will consult, beside the general treatises given above, the indexed files of: The Charities Review. The New York Charity Organization Society, 1891-1901. Charities. Later, Charities and the Commons. Now, The Survey. New York: The Charities Publication Com- mittee of the New York Charity Organization Society, 1 897-. The Charity Organization Review of the London Charity Organization Society, 1885; New Series, 1897-. Proceedings of the National Conference of Charities and Correction, 1874-. To which there is a Cumulative Index and Guide, issued in 1907 by the General Secretary, Alexander Johnson, Fort Wayne, Ind. Proceedings of State Conferences of Charities. See bibliographies of the Defectives, p. 100; Crime and Crimi- nals, p. 109, and Unemployment and Vagrancy, p. 157. Information can also be had from the officials of societies for organizing charity, of children's aid societies, etc. Largely for historical value may be given — Loch, Charles S. Charity and social life. London: Macmillan & Co., 19 10, pp. xii, 496. An expansion of his article on charity in the Encyclopaedia Britannica, tenth edition, Vol. XXVI, pp. 32. With chapters on present English poor-law questions. Hale, Edward Everett, editor. Joseph Tuckerman on the POOR RELIEF 73 elevation of the poor. Boston: Roberts Bros., 1874, pp. 206. Selection from Tuckerman's reports as minister-at-large in Boston, 1826-40. Lowell, Josephine Shaw. Public relief and private charity. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1884, pp. in. Proceedings of the International Congress of Charities, Correction and Philanthropy in Chicago, 1893. Vol- umes on Public Treatment of Pauperism and The Organization of Charity. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. Butler, Amos W. A decade of official poor relief in Indi- ana. American Journal of Sociology, Vol. XI (May), 1906, pp. 763-783- As English history has affected the United States, and for English experiences we should note — Loch, Charles S. Charity organization. Third edition. London: Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., 1905, pp. iv, 106. Loch, Charles S. Introduction to the last edition of the Charities Register and Digest, published by the London Charity Organization Society. London Charity Organization Society. Occasional papers. Three series, 1896, 1900, 1905. Fowle, Thomas W. The poor law. Second edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. 175. Aschrott, Paul F. The English poor law system. Trans- lated by H. Preston-Thomas. London: Knight & Co., 1888, pp. xviii, 332. The letters of Edward Denison (see bibliography of Social Settlements, p. 75) -touch interestingly on poor relief in England and France. 74 SOCIAL SERVICE Royal Commission on the Poor Laws and Relief of Distress, Report of. London, 1909, pp. 1238. Majority and Minority reports. These deal not only with large questions of pauperism and poverty, but give the English practices as to treatment of leading types of needy persons. Bosanquet, Helen Bernard. The Poor Law Report of 1909, a descriptive analysis of the majority report. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. vi, 263. Webb, Sidney and Beatrice. The break-up of the poor law. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1909, pp. xx, 604. Webb, Sidney and Beatrice. The public organization of the labor market. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1909, pp. xvi, 332. Minority report, with introduction by Sidney Webb and Beatrice Webb. Muirhead, John H. By what authority. London : King & Son, 1909, pp. vii, 89. A brief, clear statement of the principles in common and at issue in the two reports of the Poor Law Commission. The German or Elberfeld poor relief system has interested much and influenced somewhat English and American workers. See, beside " Proceedings of the International Congress," above noted, — Henderson, Charles Richmond. Modern methods of charity. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1904, Chap. I, pp. 1-75. Quoting E. Muensterberg, of Berlin. Dawson, W. H. The German workman. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1906. Special chapters. London Charity Organization Society. Occasional paper. Third series, No. 20. 4. SOCIAL SETTLEMENTS Jeffrey R. Brackett The essence of a settlement is residence, with the right frame of mind, expressed in helpful service, in a selected neighborhood. The first aim is to catch the spirit of some leaders in such service, who have turned the power of adventure of a St. Francis (" St. Francis of Assisi," Paul Sabatier, Scribner's, 1906) to seeking and solving problems of social democracy to-day. This is found in — Montague, F. C. Arnold Toynbee of London. Johns Hopkins University Studies in History and Political Science, Series VII, No. 1, 1889, pp. 70. Milner, Sir Alfred, Bart. Arnold Toynbee; a reminis- cence. London: E. Arnold, 1901, pp. 60. Leighton, Sir Baldwyn, Bart., editor. Letters and other writings of the late Edward Denison of London. London: Bentley, 1872, pp. 257. Addams, Jane. The subjective necessity for social settle- ments; The objective value of social settlements; in " Philanthropy and social progress." New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1893, pp. 1-26, 27-56. Addams, Jane. Democracy and social ethics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. 281. Addams, Jane. Newer ideals of peace. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xviii, 243. Addams, Jane. The spirit of youth and the city streets. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. 162. 75 76 SOCIAL SERVICE Woods, Robert A. The university settlement idea, in " Philanthropy and social progress." New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1893, pp. 57-97. Woods, Robert A. Social work; a new profession. Inter- national Journal of Ethics, Vol. XVI, 1905-06, pp. 25-39- Woods, Robert A. Democracy : a new unfolding of human power, in " Studies in philanthropy and psychology," a commemorative volume. Boston : Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1906. See bibliography of Social Ethics, p. 22. Associated with the beginnings of the settlement movement are the influences in England of such teachers and writers as Frederick D. Maurice, Charles Kingsley, John Ruskin, Thomas H. Green, John R. Green, William Morris. Those beginnings are summarized in — Woods, Robert A. English social movements. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1891, pp. vii, 277. Chapters on university settlements and extension. Barnett, S. A. and H. O. Towards social reform. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. 352. Articles on the beginning of Toynbee Hall and a retrospect of it. Also an answer to the question, Settlements or missions? See, by the same authors, " Practicable socialism," 1894. The beginnings of the settlement movement in the United States are told in — Coit, Stanton. Neighborhood guilds, an instrument of social reform. Second edition. London: Swan, Son- nenschein & Co., 1892, pp. 150. Addams, Jane. Autobiographical notes upon twenty years SOCIAL SETTLEMENTS 77 at Hull House. The American Magazine, beginning April, 1910. To be published soon in book form. Tucker, William J. The work of the Andover House in Boston, in " The poor in great cities." New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1895, pp. 177-194. Article on beginnings of Andover House, later South End House. Henderson, Charles R. Social settlements. New York: Lentilhon, 1899, pp. 196. Gives briefly the English and American beginnings. The development and varied activities of university and college settlements in London are shown in — Knapp, John M., editor. The universities and the social problem. London: Rivington, Percival & Co., 1895, PP- 235. Reason, William, editor. University and social settle- ments. London: Methuen&Co., 1898, pp. ix, 195. Urwick, E. J. Settlement ideals. Charity Organization Review. London, March, 1902, pp. 329-338, and December, 1903, pp. 1 19-127. Booth, Charles. Life and labor of the people in London. Third series, summary. London: Macmillan & Co., 1902. Chapter IX has a few comprehensive pages on settlements. Developments in the United States are given in — Montgomery, Caroline W., compiler. The bibliography of college, social, university and church settlements. Fifth edition. Chicago: College Settlements Associa- tion, 1905, pp. 147- 78 SOCIAL SERVICE Cole, William I. Motives and results of the social settle- ment movement. Publications of the Department of Social Ethics in Harvard University, No. 2, 1908. Woods, Robert A. University settlements ; their point and drift. Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. XIV, 1899, PP- 67-86. Addams, Jane. A function of the social settlement. The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. XIII, May, 1899, pp. 1-55. Taylor, Graham. Whither the settlement movement tends. Charities and the Commons, March, 1906, pp. 840-844. Wald, Lilian D. The Henry Street Nurses' Settlement, New York. Charities and the Commons, April, 1906, PP- 35-41- Simkhovitch, Mary K. Settlement organization. Charities and the Commons, 1906, pp. 566-569. Simkhovitch, Mary K. The settlements' relation to reli- gion. The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. XXX, November, 1907, pp. 62-67. Addams, Jane. The Chicago settlements and social unrest. Charities and the Commons, May 2, 1908, pp. 154-166. Laughlin, J. Lawrence. Latter day problems. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909, Chap. IV, pp. 31. Makes a plea for a better understanding between economic science and social reform in settlements. Various articles, indexed, in: Charities and the Commons, 1905-09; and The Survey, 1909- Proceedings of the National Conference of Charities and Correction, from Cumulative Index and Guide. SOCIAL SETTLEMENTS 79 Notable publications of American settlements, showing the range of their interests, are — Woods, Robert A., editor. The city wilderness. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1898, pp. 319. Woods, Robert A., editor. Americans in process. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1902, pp. xii, 389. Describing conditions of living and labor in several neighbor- hoods of Boston. Other volumes to follow. Hull House Maps and Papers. By residents of Hull House. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1895, pp. viii, 230. Of some Chicago conditions. Wage-earners' budgets. Greenwich House, New York. Series of social studies, No. 1. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1907, pp. 270. On two hundred families in a neighborhood in New York City. Settlement workers should know the chief racial traits and religious customs of their neighbors. Shaler, Nathaniel S. The neighbor; the national history of human contacts. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Com- pany, 1904, pp. vii, 342. Chapters on the Hebrew and the African problems. Bernheimer, Charles S., editor. The Russian Jew in the United States. Philadelphia : J. C. Winston Company, i9°5. PP- 426. Studies of social conditions in New York, Philadelphia and Chicago, with a description of rural life. Lord, Eliot; Trenor, John J. D., and Barrows, Samuel J. The Italian in America. New York: B. F. Buck & Co., 1905, pp. 19, 268. Twelve chapters in regard to Italians. 80 SOCIAL SERVICE Balch, Emily G. Our Slavic fellow-citizen. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 1910, pp. viii, 536. The Italian in America, in Charities and the Commons, May 7, 1904. See bibliographies on Immigration, p. 210; The Negro Problem, p. 90, and Rural Social Development, p. 138. There are no prescribed activities for social settlements. Effective workers will enter the neighborhood life, gauge the greatest needs and try to develop leadership for rilling them. For some kinds of work often found in or promoted by settle- ments, there are growing bibliographies; for example, of clubs and classes, playgrounds, visiting nursing. See bibliographies of Public Recreations, p. 132; Trade Union- ism, p. 183; Industrial Education, p. 144; The Liquor Problem, p. 122; The Ethics of the Family, p. 43. There are to-day in several cities associations of settlement and other neighborhood workers, for stimulus, spread of knowledge, action together when desirable, and prevention of duplication of work. The Boston Social Union has members from sixteen centers. The New York Association of Neighborhood Workers is described in Charities and the Commons for October 12, 1907, and September 19, 1908. 5. HOUSING AND TOWN PLANNING James Ford I. General The literature on housing conditions is to be found largely in general studies of social conditions. (See Social Investigation, especially works of Charles Booth, Riis and Howarth.) Condi- tions and remedies are also discussed in various works classified under Medical Aspects of Sociology. Material on municipal housing should be sought in books on Municipal Ownership and Control. The general subject of housing is considered at length annually in national and international congresses on housing, town planning, hygiene and tuberculosis. Within the last decade valuable studies of local housing conditions have been made in Birmingham, Sheffield and Manchester, England, and in Philadelphia, 1904; Baltimore, 1907; Washington, 1908; Milwaukee, 1905; St. Louis, 1908; Louisville, 1909, and other American cities. In New York City the permanent Tenement House Department produces reports of value. Important collec- tions of articles on housing in various American cities have been published in 1902 in the Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, and on October 6, 1906, in Charities and the Commons. Material is to be found currently in The Survey and the American City. Alden, Percy, and Hayward, Edward E. Housing. London: Headley Brothers, 1907, pp. 176. A concise exposition of the housing problem and remedies, with especial reference to English conditions. General program for housing reform in urban and rural districts. Bibliography. Commons, John R. Standardization of housing investiga- tions. Boston : Quarterly publications of the American 81 82 SOCIAL SERVICE Statistical Association, December, 1908, Vol. XI, pp. 319-326. A technical table for statistical comparison of housing condi- tions. Necessarily arbitrary, but suggestive. Cornes, James. Modern housing in town and country. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1905, pp. xviii, 194. An architectural reference book, abundantly illustrated with photographs and plans of tenements and cottages erected by municipal, cooperative and private enterprise. De Forest, Robert W., and Veiller, Lawrence. The tenement house problem. 2 vols. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1903, pp. xxxi, 470, 516. Specific phases of the tenement problem in New York City and State, treated in a series of monographs by competent authors. The most comprehensive study of local housing yet made in America. In large part of purely local interest and in many details not up-to-date because of the marked improve- ments in legislation largely effected by these writers. Illustrated. Eberstadt, Dr. Rud. Handbuch des Wohnungswesens und der Wohnungsfrage. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1909, pp. vii, 412. This volume aims to cover the economic, political and tech- nical aspects of housing in Germany, and is valuable for refer- ence as to improved housing undertakings by the empire, province, city, employer and by joint-stock and cooperative companies. It treats, in addition to the housing question proper, the land question and the history and practice of town-planning. Ford, George Burdett. The housing problem. Brick- builder. Boston: Rogers & Manson, 1909, Vol. XVIII, pp. 26-29, 76-79, 100-104, i44- I 47> 185-190. Five articles, covering (I) modes of cheap tenement construc- tion; (II) modes of procuring maximum sunlight and ventila- HOUSING AND TOWN PLANNING 83 tion; (III) desiderata of tenement housekeeping, including privacy, beauty, etc.; (IV) building laws; and (V) lodging houses. Although technical and written especially for the use of architects, these articles (except IV) present the problem of construction of model tenements in a manner which is new and important for housing specialists. Illustrated. Jager, Dr. Eugen. Die Wohnungsfrage. 2 vols, in 1. Berlin: Verlag der Germania, 1902, pp. vii, 352; vii, 322. The first volume deals with housing conditions and the activ- ity of private agencies for housing reform. The second volume treats at length of the position of the municipality with reference to house construction, land and land taxation, and discusses the imperial housing laws. A valuable contribution to general housing literature, comprehensive as to German issues, but based on statistics already a decade old. Nettlefold, J. S. Practical housing. Letchworth : Garden City Press, 1908, pp. xiii, 203. The housing problem as it exists in English cities. Municipal purchase or control of suburban land and copartnership as sug- gested solutions. Quotations from the experience of English cities in administration of the housing acts. Extended refer- ence to German town planning systems. Illustrated. Ninth International Housing Congress. Proceedings. Vi- enna: IX Wohnungs-Congress, 8 Stubenring, June, 19 10. Valuable collection of monographs on municipal housing, state loans to housing enterprise, tenement vs. cottage, methods of cheap construction, and recent progress in improved housing. Sykes, John F. J., M.D. Public health and housing. Lon- don: P. S. King & Son, 1901, pp. viii, 216. " The influence of the dwelling upon health in relation to the changing style of habitation." Suggestive particularly on the matter of construction and usage of houses. Based on British data. 84 SOCIAL SERVICE Thompson, W. The housing handbook and housing up-to- date. 2 vols, in i. London: P. S. King & Son, 1907, pp. xvi, 388; xvi, 319. An elaborate " collection of facts and figures dealing with the practical end of the housing question." Inchoate, statistical, and for the most part of local (British) interest only, yet service- able for reference especially as to municipal housing, garden cities and the housing acts of Great Britain. Illustrated. II. Housing Legislation and Administration Dewsnup, Ernest Ritson. The housing problem in Eng- land. Manchester: University Press, 1907, pp. vii, 327. A discriminating and largely statistical treatment of housing legislation in England and the present administration of the law, with especial emphasis on the function of the municipality. Local sanitary supervision is urged, municipal ownership dis- couraged. Bibliography. MacGregor, Ford H. Tenement house legislation, state and local. Madison: Wisconsin Library Commission, Legislative Reference Department, Bulletin No. 19, 1909, pp. 96. A classified compilation of housing laws enacted by states and large cities of the United States, together with transcripts from the laws of eight European cities. Tabular charts. Veiller, Lawrence. Housing reform, a handbook for practical use in American cities. New York : Charities Publication Committee, 1910, pp. xii, 213. Although largely concerned with the unique problem of New York City, and ignoring or refusing the accepted methods of town planning, improvement of transit and the building of model tenements, this book is a discriminating, non-statistical study of housing conditions, and offers a vigorous and impassioned appeal and a practical program for housing legislation and admin- istration. HOUSING AND TOWN PLANNING 85 Veiller, Lawrence. A model tenement house law. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 1910, pp. 142. " Specific sections cover every essential feature of a model housing law so arranged that by changing a word here or there it can be adopted by any community as a state law or city ordinance." III. Lodging Houses On the subject of improved lodging houses there will be found chapters in the books cited above, especially in Thompson's " Housing Handbook" and Ford's " Housing Problem," No. 5 (September, 1909) . There is considerable pamphlet and periodical literature on experiments of lodging-house building by public enterprise in Glasgow and London, and by private enterprise in Paris, Milan and New York (Mills hotels). The two titles given below are supplementary local studies of unimproved lodging house conditions. Sanborn, Alvan Francis. Moody's lodging house and other tenement sketches. Boston: Copeland & Day, 1895, pp. 175. A somewhat exaggerated but enlightening popular account of selected night lodging houses and tenements of Boston and their inmates. Transcripts from life, in conversational form. Wolfe, Albert Benedict. The lodging house problem in Boston. Boston and New York: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1906, pp. 200. An able, intensive study of the problem of the " roomers," the nomadic, low-salaried, " single " population in the South End of Boston. A highly specialized social problem considered seriously and in detail. Bibliography. IV. Employer's Housing On this subject various books and periodicals devoted to garden cities and industrial betterment (q. v.) are to be con- sulted. Monographs on the housing activity of specific estab- 86 SOCIAL SERVICE lishments are frequently available, of which may be mentioned by way of example — Harvey, William Alexander. The model village and its cottages — Bournville. London : B. T. Batsford, 1906. Colorado Fuel and Iron Company. Housing number of Camp and Plant. Denver, Colo., April 9, 1904. Kruppschen Guss-stahlfabrik. Das Arbeiter Wohnhaus. Essen-Ruhr, Germany, 1907. Literature on employer's housing in general is meager and superficial. The following works are of practical value : Hanger, G. W. W. Housing of the working people in the United States by employers. Bulletin of the Bureau of Labor, No. 54, Department of Commerce and Labor. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1904, pp. 1191-1243. Serviceable as a collection of photographs and plans of houses erected by each of sixteen manufacturing establishments. Brief descriptions of welfare work carried on by the firms considered. Meakin, Budgett. Model factories and villages; ideal conditions of labor and housing. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1905, pp. 480. Part II, on "Industrial Housing," pages 349-480, presents an elementary exposition of the housing of workmen by employers, abundantly illustrated with American, British and European examples. Nazro, W. E. C. Housing of employees as a problem of social environment. Reprint from Textile Manufac- turers' Journal of January 1, 19 10, pp. 15. A compact treatment of the construction and administration of a sanitary and artistic manufacturer's village. Illustrated. HOUSING AND TOWN PLANNING 87 V. Town Planning and Garden Cities In addition to the chapters on town planning to be found in books on housing, government and architecture (see Municipal Ownership and Control of Public Utilities), a specialized literature on this subject is rapidly growing. " L'art de batir les villes," by Camillo Sitte, of Austria, and " Der Stadtebau," by Josef Stubben, of Germany, contain a wealth of material not yet entirely appropriated by English and American writers. A monthly journal, Der Stadtebau, edited by Goecke and Sitte, has been in existence in Germany since 1904. The Town Planning Review, a quarterly published by the Department of Civic Design of the University of Liverpool, dates from April, 1910. The American City, which brought out its first issue in Sep- tember, 1909; the City Planning number of Charities and the Commons, February 1, 1908, and the reports of the Second National Conference on City Planning at Rochester, May, 19 10, are useful American sources. An extended annotated bibliog- raphy of this subject is now in preparation by Prof. James Sturgis Pray, of Harvard University. The subject of garden cities is touched upon in general works on housing and town planning (see, especially, Nettlefold, Thomp- son, Alden) and is treated currently in the files of Garden Cities and Town Planning and of Copartnership, both published in London. Considerable pamphlet literature has been published by the Copartnership Tenants' Housing Council and the Garden City Tenants, Ltd., of London. Horsfall, T. C. The improvement of the dwellings and surroundings of the people: the example of Germany. Manchester: University Press, 1905, pp. vi, 196. Contains a description of municipal housing and town planning methods in German cities, especially Ulm, Frankfurt a. M. and Cologne. Howard, Ebenezer. Garden cities of to-morrow. London : Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., Ltd., 1902, pp. 167. This book, first published as " To-morrow: a peaceful path 88 SOCIAL SERVICE to real reform, " is the literary source of the garden city move- ment. The solution of the problems of urban congestion and rural depopulation is found by the author in the formation of industrial " garden cities," constructed to combine the advan- tages of town and country. Illustrated. Hurd, Richard M. Principles of city land values. New York: The Record and Guide, 1903, pp. viii, 159. A keen analysis of the structure of unplanned cities and of the causes of rise and fall of city land values, based on extended study of American cities. Of practical value as indicating the probable direction of urban growth. Illustrated. Marsh, Benjamin Clarke. An introduction to city plan- ning, democracy's challenge to the American city. New York: privately printed [address Committee of Congestion of Population], 1909, pp. 158. This book contains data on the congestion of population in American cities, followed by a chapter on the " Technical Phases of City Planning," by G. B. Ford, a discussion of town planning in various cities of Europe, and valuable translations from German building codes. In treatment of American condi- tions, the book is, in the main, of propagandist character, crude, but vigorous and suggestive. Illustrated. Bibliography. Massachusetts Commission on Metropolitan Improve- ments. Public improvements for the metropolitan district. Boston: Wright & Potter Printing Co., 1909, pp. xii, 318. A good local study of the commercial need of town planning, with reference especially to railroads, docks and highways. Illustrative maps. Robinson, Charles Mulford. The improvement of towns and cities, or the practical basis of civic aesthetics. Third edition. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1907, pp. xiii, 313. HOUSING AND TOWN PLANNING 89 Robinson, Charles Mulford. Modern civic art. New York: G. P. Putman's Sons, 1903, pp. iv, 381. Town planning from the standpoint of civic beauty. In the former work, urban problems, such as site, parks, paving, adver- tisements and the placing of sculpture, are considered in detail. The latter work considers the city as a unit, — its focal points, business and residential sections. Valuable summaries of the varied efforts in behalf of city beauty, pleasingly presented. Sennett, A. R. Garden cities in theory and practice. 2 vols. London: Bemrose & Sons, Ltd., 1905, pp. xiv, xi, 1404. Exceedingly verbose, but contains data of service to specialists. Illustrated. Triggs, H. Inigo. Town planning, past, present and possi- ble. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909, pp. xix, 334. Contains material of use to the discriminating reader. Unwin, Raymond. Town planning in practice; an intro- duction to the art of designing cities and suburbs. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1909, pp. xxi, 416. The planning of cities considered both historically and with reference to present-day social and aesthetic problems. The book is of especial value to architects, but though lacking in considera- tion of problems of urban congestion and municipal remedies is full of valuable suggestions for the general reader. Profuse and well-chosen illustrations. Bibliography. 6. THE NEGRO PROBLEM Ray M. McConnell Washington, Booker T. The story of the negro : the rise of the race from slavery. 2 vols. New York : Double- day, Page & Co., 1909, pp. ix, 332; vii, 437. An intensely interesting history. The three parts of the narra- tive deal with the negro in Africa, the negro as a slave, and the negro as a free man. The work is not a chronicle of dates, num- bers and dry facts, but a vital, human account of experiences and progressive attainments. Tillinghast, Joseph Alexander. The negro in Africa and America. Publications of the American. Economic Association, third series, Vol. Ill, No. 2, May, 1902. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. vi, 231. Brings together within the scope of one volume investigations concerning the negro in West Africa, under American slavery, and as a free citizen, and thus enables the reader to perceive how rapidly an uncivilized people may advance to civilization and how many characteristics of the American negro are part of his inheritance from Africa. Williams, George Washington. History of the negro race in America from 1619 to 1880. 2 vols. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1883, pp. xix, 481; xiii, 611. An erudite treatise, by a negro, considering the negro in Africa, slavery in the colonies, the negro during the Revolution, negroes in the army and navy, anti-slavery agitation, the period of preparation, the negro in the war for the Union, the first decade of freedom, and the decline of negro governments. Brackett, Jeffrey Richardson. The negro in Maryland ; a study of the institution of slavery. Johns Hopkins 90 THE NEGRO PROBLEM 9 1 University Studies in Historical and Political Science. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University, 1889, pp. 268. [See next title for supplement.] An excellent historical treatise of the negro in Maryland from about 1642. Its principal divisions are: (1) Slaves, (2) Manu- mission, (3) The Free Negro. Brackett, Jeffrey Richardson. Notes on the progress of the colored people of Maryland since the war. A supplement to " The negro in Maryland: a study of the institution of slavery." Baltimore: Johns Hop> kins University, 1890, pp. 96. Contains some very valuable additions to the author's earlier treatise. (See preceding title.) Du Bois, W. E. Burghardt. The Philadelphia negro: a social study. Together with a special report on domes- tic service, by Isabel Eaton. Philadelphia: The Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, 1899, pp. xx, 520. A scholarly work of social investigation. The chief subjects of study are the history of the negro in Philadelphia, conjugal condition, education, occupation, health, crime, pauperism, alcoholism, suffrage, and relations with whites. The special report of Miss Eaton investigates the dimensions of negro domes- tic service, sources of supply and methods of hiring, grades of service and wages, savings and expenditures, conjugal condition, etc. Merriam, George S. The negro and the nation ; a history of American slavery and enfranchisement. New York : Henry Holt & Co., 1906, pp. iv, 436. Practically restricted to a period of time from shortly before the Civil War to the end of the Reconstruction period. A history, not of the negro, but of the United States, so far as its history centers around and is caused by the negro. Interesting and in the main free from partisanship. 92 SOCIAL SERVICE Washington, Booker T., and DuBois, W. E. B. The negro in the South ; his economic progress in relation to his moral and religious development. Philadelphia: Geo. W. Jacobs & Co., 1907, pp. 222. The two chapters by Washington discuss the economic devel- opment of the negro race in slavery and since emancipation. The two chapters by DuBois discuss the economic revolution in the South and religion in the South. Hoffman, Frederick L. Race traits and tendencies of the American negro. Publications of the American Eco- nomic Association, Vol. XI, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, August, 1896. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1896, pp. x, 329. A scientific study of the vital and social statistics of the negro population and of their relation to racial traits and tendencies. The statistical facts are now antiquated, but the analysis of racial characteristics retains its original importance. Washington, Booker T. The future of the American negro. Boston: Small, Maynard & Co., 1902, pp. x, 244. A sane discussion of the needs and possibilities of the negro race, based on considerations of education, politics, industry, relations with whites, morality and religion. The Possibilities of the Negro, in Symposium. Atlanta : Franklin Printing and Publishing Company, 1904, pp. 165. A collection of addresses and articles on the subject of the negro by prominent southerners: H. W. Grady, J. T. Graves, Gov. W. J. Northen, President C. E. Dowman, Bishop W. A. Candler, Dr. W. B. Parks, R. H. Edmonds and two negro bishops, H. M. Turner and L. H. Holsey. Stone, Alfred Holt. Studies in the American race prob- lem. With an introduction and three papers by Walter THE NEGRO PROBLEM 93 F. Willcox. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1908, pp. xxii, 555. A careful and thorough work by a scholarly Southerner, who finds but little of encouragement in the economic and moral prospects of the negro. The principal topics are: Foundations of our differences, the negro in the Yazoo-Mississippi Delta, the economic future of the American negro, the factor of white competition, race friction, and the negro in politics. The three chapters by Walter F. Willcox are on negro criminality, census statistics of the negro, and the probable increase of the negro race in the United States. Thomas, William Hannibal. The American negro. What he was, what he is, and what he may become. A criti- cal and practical discussion. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1901, pp. xxvi, 440. Nearly all aspects of the problem are considered by this negro author, who mercilessly portrays the shortcomings in negro character, yet believes that the race is capable of being regen- erated. DuBois, W. E. Burghardt. The souls of black folk. Es- says and sketches. Chicago: A. C. McClurg & Co., 1903, pp. ix, 265. A scholarly discussion of some of the phases of the negro question. Especially valuable for the insight it gives into the spiritual world in which the cultured author and some of the other negro leaders live. Smith, William Benjamin. The color line; a brief in behalf of the unborn. New York: McClure, Phillips & Co., 1905, pp. xv, 261. Attempts a scientific ethnological inquiry. Maintains that race-mixture would result in decadence of the white race. At- tempts to prove that the negro race is inferior, that this inferiority cannot be removed by education or other extra-organic means, and that statistics concerning the growth-rate, birth-rate, death- 94 SOCIAL SERVICE rate, crime-rate and anthropometry of the negro show that he is to be sacrificed on the altar of the evolution of humanity. Shufeldt, R. W. The negro a menace to American civili- zation. Boston: The Gorham Press, 1907, pp. viii, 281. A strongly prejudiced argument to prove that the greatest danger threatening the white race of America is debasement through mixture of blood with the black race. Sinclair, William A. The aftermath of slavery. A study of the condition and environment of the American negro. Boston: Small, Maynard & Co., 1905, pp. xiii, 358- A recital of the wrongs and crimes that have been committed against the negro by the South. Contains but little constructive matter for peace or solution. Miller, Kelly. Race adjustment: essays on the negro in America. New York: Neale Publishing Company, 1908, pp. 306. The able negro author discusses nearly all the practical prob- lems which the negro race has to meet, and gives many interest- ing statistics and facts to show what the race is accomplishing. Unfortunately, there are several controversial chapters, which, although doubtless justified as counter-attacks, cannot fail to impede " race adjustment." Carnegie, Andrew. The negro in America. An address delivered before the Philosophical Institution of Edin- burgh, October 16, 1907. Inverness: Robt. Carruthers & Sons, 1907, pp. 44. A good summary statement of what the negro has accomplished since slavery. Fleming, William H. Slavery and the race problem in the south, with special reference to the state of Georgia. Boston: Dana Estes & Co., 1906, pp. viii, 66. A masterly appeal from a Georgia congressman for absolute justice to the negro. Accurate, fair, patriotic and constructive. THE NEGRO PROBLEM 95 Murphy, Edgar Gardner. The basis of ascendancy. A discussion of certain principles of public policy in- volved in the development of the southern states. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1909, pp. xxiv, 250. " The fundamental issue of the race question is this: Shall the principles which guide the state's policy in its relations to the weaker race be repressive or constructive? " This volume is a powerful argument by a prominent Southerner for the policy of construction, holding that this policy is best, not only for the fate of the negro and the health of the national life, but also for the fortunes of the stronger race itself in the Southern states. It is, perhaps, the sanest and fairest yet written. Murphy, Edgar Gardner. Problems of the present south. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1904, pp. xi, 335. This discussion of the industrial, educational and political problems of the South contains a good chapter on " The South and the Negro," and numerous references in other chapters. Page, Thomas Nelson. The negro : the southerner's prob- lem. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1904, pp. xiii, 324. A temperate but candid presentation of the matter as it appears to this talented Southerner. The problem, together with deci- sions concerning best methods of solution, is said to belong essentially to the Southerner, " who faces every day of his life a problem so vital that it absorbs the greater part of his energy and thought and excludes due consideration of every other question whatsoever." Baker, Ray Stannard. Following the color line; an ac- count of negro citizenship in the American democracy. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1908, pp. xii, 314. A clear statement of present conditions and relationships of the negro in American life. An interesting recital of what an 96 SOCIAL SERVICE earnest, impartial investigator from the North was able to learn about conditions, causes and possible remedies. Pickett, William P The negro problem; Abraham Lin- coln's solution. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1909, pp. x, 580. Considers at length all remedial measures proposed. Maintains that the only real solution is deportation. The negro race is alien, inferior, unassimilable and not qualified to constitute an element of future American citizenship. It must be removed from the country, not in a spirit of hostility, but as a measure necessary for the permanent welfare of both races. Objections are considered in detail and plans for negro emigration and colo- nization are worked out with minuteness. The author uses his encyclopedic knowledge with precision and effectiveness. Archer, William. Through Afro-America. An English reading of the race problem. New York : E. P. Dutton & Co., 1 9 10, pp. xvi, 295. The first part tells of this Englishman's travels through the South and describes the various phases of the problem and the efforts to solve it. The second part goes seriously into a consid- eration of the solutions: extinction, the Atlanta compromise, amalgamation, and segregation; and places most confidence in segregation — colonization in some American state. The third part gives a brief account of a visit to Havana and Panama. The book combines well-trained observation with freedom from prejudice. The Negro Problem. A series of articles by representative American negroes of to-day. New York: James Pott & Co., 1903, pp. 234. Contains valuable articles on various aspects of the negro problem. Perhaps the best two are " Industrial Education for the Negro," by Booker T. Washington, which shows the necessity and the value of thorough industrial training, and " The Talented Tenth," by W. E. B. DuBois, which presents a plea for THE NEGRO PROBLEM 97 the higher education of the negro and the provision for training able teachers. Washington, Booker T. Working with the hands. New- York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1904, pp. xi, 246. An interesting and instructive account of the value of indus- trial training for negroes, and of the methods employed at the Tuskegee Institute to train skilled laborers. Washington, Booker T., editor. Tuskegee and its people: their ideals and achievements. New York: D. Apple- ton & Co., 1906, pp. xiv, 354. Part I is written by the directors of the various departments of the Tuskegee Institute, and describes the work. Part II is a collection of autobiographies of graduates, telling especially of results achieved in later life. The book shows how the school has made itself of practical value to the entire South, both negroes and whites. Kelsey, Carl. The negro farmer. Chicago : Jennings & Pye, 1903, pp. 103. An instructive discussion of conditions and prospects. From Servitude to Service. Old South Lectures on the history and work of southern institutions for the edu- cation of the negro. Boston: American Unitarian Association, 1905, pp. x, 232. The work of Howard University, Berea College, Tuskegee Institute, Hampton Institute, Atlanta University and Fisk University is described by presidents and professors of those institutions. Gulp, D. W., editor. Twentieth century negro literature; or a cyclopedia of thought on the vital topics relating to the American negro, by one hundred of America's greatest negroes. Naperville, 111.: J. L. Nichols & Co., 1902, pp. 472. Indicates the intellectual ability of the negro and gives the views of prominent negroes on various aspects of the race question. 98 SOCIAL SERVICE America's Race Problems. Annals of the American Acad- emy of Political and Social Science. Addresses at the fifth annual meeting of the Academy. Philadelphia: American Academy of Political and Social Science, July, 1901, pp. 187. Contains interesting discussions of the negro problem by Hilary A. Herbert, George T. Winston and W. E. B. DuBois. Publications of the American Economic Association. Third series. Vol. VII, No. 1, February, 1906. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. 219-324. Contains some important papers and discussions on " The Economic Future of the Negro." The papers are by W. E. B. DuBois and A. H. Stone, and give opposed views. Atlanta University Publications. Atlanta: Atlanta Uni- versity Press, 1 896-. These publications comprise about a dozen volumes of varying importance. Deserving of special mention are " The Negro Artisan " (1902, pp. 192), " The Negro Church "(1903, pp. 212), and " The Health and Physique of the Negro American " (1906, pp. 112). American Negro Academy. Occasional papers. Wash- ington: The American Negro Academy, 189 7-. These publications comprise a dozen or more pamphlets. The most important are: " A Review of Hoffman's Race Traits and Tendencies of the American Negro," by Kelly Miller (1897, pp. 36) ; " The Negro and the Elective Franchise," by six prominent negroes (1905, pp. 85); and " Modern Industrialism and the Negroes of the United States," by A. H. Grimke (1908, pp. 18). Hampton Negro Conference. Proceedings of the annual congresses. Hampton: The Institute Press, 1898-. THE NEGRO PROBLEM 99 These reports contain many instructive papers on all the prin- cipal subjects connected with the negro problem. Trustees of the John F. Slater Fund. Occasional papers. New York: The Trustees of the John F. Slater Fund, 1894-. These publications comprise about a dozen pamphlets. Two may be said to be of special value: " A Study in Black and White," by President D. C. Gilman, and " The South and the Negro," by Bishop C. B. Galloway. United States Bureau of Labor. Bulletins Nos. 10, 14, 22, 32, 35, 37, 38 and 48. Washington: Government Printing Office, 189 7-1 903. These numbers contain some valuable economic and social studies of negroes in special localities. United States Bureau of the Census. Bulletin No. 8. Negroes in the United States. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1904, pp. 333. An extremely valuable source book for statistics on all phases of the negro question. United States Library of Congress. Selected list of refer- ences on the negro question. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1906, pp. 61. 7. DEFECTIVES Ray M. McConnell I. Backward and Feeble-Minded Children National Conference of Charities and Correction. Proceedings of the annual conferences, 1874-. General Secretary, Alexander Johnson, Fort Wayne, Ind. Nearly every volume has a number of good papers on the subjects connected with defectives and their treatment. For references to articles in Volumes 1 to 33, consult " The Cumu- lative Index of the Proceedings of the N. C. of C. & C." and " A Guide for the Study of Charities and Correction by Means of the Proceedings of the N. C. of C. & C." For references to articles in later volumes, consult the indexes of the separate volumes. Journal of Psycho- Asthenics. A quarterly journal devoted to the education and care of the feeble-minded, and the care and treatment of epileptics. Published under the auspices of the Association of Officers of American Institutions for Feeble-Minded. Published at Fari- bault, Minn., 1896- Each number usually contains several good articles by medical officers of institutions for feeble-minded, or by other specialists and experts. The Psychological Clinic. A journal for the study and treatment of mental retardation and deviation. Phila- delphia: The Psychological Clinic Press, 1907-. " Published primarily in the interest of a large class of chil- dren who manifest different degrees of retardation in mental and moral development. It presents the results of investigation conducted mainly through examination and treatment of inch- DEFECTIVES IOI vidual mental and moral peculiarities. Of interest to physi- cians, social workers, psychologists and educators." Ayres, Leonard P. Laggards in our schools. A study of retardation and elimination in city school systems. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 1909, pp. xv, 236. An investigation into conditions and causes of backwardness in school work, with plans for betterment. Gives very valuable information concerning the extent of defectiveness among school children: how it is produced and increased, and how it should be treated. Gulick, Luther Halsey, and Ayres, Leonard P. Medi- cal inspection of schools. New York : Charities Publi- cation Committee, 1908, pp. x, 276. Gives a good account of the nature and aims of medical in- spection of school children for the detection of defects, a history of the movement in various countries and a discussion of the work of the school nurse, teacher and physician and of the influence of physical defects on retardation. Shutti.eworth, G. E. Mentally deficient children: their treatment and training. Second edition. London: H. K. Lewis, 1900, pp. xvi, 180. An excellent little treatise setting forth both the salient peculiarities of feeble-minded children and the ameliorative measures found to be most useful. The discussion gives a pathological classification of forms of mental deficiency, a rather summary account of etiology, diagnosis and prognosis, and then recommendations for general, medical and surgical treatment, educational training, industrial training, recreation and moral training. Ireland, William W. The mental affections of children, idiocy, imbecility and insanity. London: J. & A. Churchill, 1898, pp. xi, 442. An extremely thorough treatment of all the types of idiocy. 102 SOCIAL SERVICE Intended mainly for medical men, but useful also to any one who has the care of idiots and imbeciles, or who takes a philan- thropic interest in provisions for their welfare. Barr, Martin W. Mental defectives. Their history, treatment and training. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1904, pp. x, 368. A splendid treatment of the subject. The language and form are adapted to the understanding of the layman, but without any apparent sacrifice of scientific accuracy and thoroughness. It gives a more extended treatment of causes, training and treatment than do the other books mentioned. Norsworthy, Naomi. The psychology of mentally defi- cient children. New York: Columbia University, 1906, pp. iii, in. A good account of extensive mental and physical tests of both normal and defective children in order to determine (1) whether the mental defects of idiots are equaled by the bodily defects, (2) whether idiots form a separate species or not, and (3) whether the entire mental growth is retarded, that is, whether there is a lack of mental capacity all around. II. Insane United States Bureau of the Census. Special Report. Insane and feeble-minded in hospitals and institutions, 1904. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1906, pp. v, 232. A very valuable collection of statistics and analysis of data. American Journal of Insanity. Quarterly. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. 1844-. An extremely important source of the latest and best informa- tion on the subject. American Medico-Psychological Association. Proceedings of annual meetings since 1894. DEFECTIVES 103 Each number is devoted to discussions of medical topics, chiefly relating to the care of the insane. Barrows, S. J. The criminal insane in the United States and in foreign countries. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1898, pp. 81. A valuable collection of facts concerning the methods of legal procedure in deciding irresponsibility on account of the mental condition of persons accused of crime and also concerning the final disposition of such cases, special asylums for the criminal insane and the procedure and practice in releasing insane con- victs. The following books are all good references on insanity. They are enough alike in subject-matter and treatment to be embraced under a general description. Each one of them gives, (1) a thorough description of the symptoms of insanity, such as disturbances in perception, attention, memory, imagi- nation, judgment and reasoning, emotion, volition and action; (2) a thorough description of the various forms of insanity, such as melancholia, mania, delusional insanities, syphilitic insani- ties, senile insanities, organic dementia, intoxication insanities, insanities of the psychical degenerate, paranoia, epileptic insani- ties and hysteria; and (3) a thorough consideration of causes and treatment. Kraepelin, Emil. Clinical psychiatry. A text-book for students and physicians. Abstracted and adapted from the seventh German edition of Kraepelin' s " Lehrbuch der Psychiatrie," by A. Ross Diefendorf. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xvii, 562. Stoddart, W. H. B. Mind and its disorders. A text-book for students and practitioners. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1909, pp. xvi, 488. Paton, S. Psychiatry. A text-book for students and phy- sicians. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Co., 1905, pp. xii, 618. 104 SOCIAL SERVICE Church, Archibald, and Peterson, Frederick. Nervous and mental diseases. Sixth edition, revised. Phila- delphia: W. B. Saunders Company, 1908, pp. 945. Berkley, Henry J. A treatise on mental diseases. Based upon the lecture course at the Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, 1899, and designed for the use of practitioners and students of medicine. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1900, pp. xv, 601. Lewis, W. Bevan. A text-book of mental diseases: with special reference to the pathological aspects of insanity. Second edition, revised. London: Chas. Griffin & Co., 1899, pp. xxvi, 609. III. Blind, Deaf and Dumb Allen, Edward Ellis. Education of defectives. No. 15 in Monographs on education in the United States, edited by N. M. Butler. Albany: J. B. Lyon Company, 1904, pp. 51. An excellent summary of the history, problems and methods of educating the deaf, blind and feeble-minded. United States Bureau of the Census. Special Report. The blind and the deaf, 1900. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1906, pp. ix, 264. A highly important book of statistical and other information Great Britain. Board of Education. Regulations appli- cable to schools for blind, deaf, defective and epileptic children. (In force from September 1, 1909.) Lon- don: Wyman & Sons, 1909, pp. 40. An instructive little pamphlet, showing the English require- ments on such matters as admission and retention of children, instruction, teachers, premises, inspection, grants, building rules and boarding out of children. DEFECTIVES IO5 Illingworth, W. H. History of the education of the blind. London: Sampson Low, Marston & Co., 1910, pp. viii, 167. A thorough and up-to-date work, specially designed as a text-book for teachers in schools for the blind. A most excellent and interesting treatise. Armitage, T. R. The education and employment of the blind : what has been done, is, and ought to be. Second edition. London: Harrison & Sons, 1886, pp. ix, 216. A thorough discussion of the important facts on the subject. Some of the topics considered are : An historical sketch of the means used by the blind for reading and writing; methods of instruction in various subjects; various systems of reading and writing; schools; employment; self-support; prevention of blindness; treatment of the blind in various countries. La Sizeranne, Maurice de. The blind as seen through blind eyes. Translated from the second French edition by F. Park Lewis. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1893, pp. xvi, 154. The talented and cultured author tells in Part I of the char- acteristics (physical, intellectual and moral) of the blind; in Part II, of Valentine Haiiy and his work; in Part III, of schools for the blind; and in Part IV, of the blind in society. La Sizeranne, Maurice de. The blind sisters of Saint Paul. Authorized translation by L. M. Leggatt. New York: Benziger Bros., 1907, pp. x, 303. A scholarly study. Part I, on the psychology of blind women, gives a splendid portrayal of the sensations of blind women, and how they feel, live and act in contact with nature and with their fellow creatures. Part II, on the community of the Blind Sisters of St. Paul, describes their origin, the convent, and the nuns. Keller, Helen. The story of my life. With her letters (188 7-1 901) and a supplementary account of her edu- 106 SOCIAL SERVICE cation, including passages from the reports and letters of her teacher, Anne Mansfield Sullivan, by John Albert Macy. Illustrated. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1903, pp. xv, 441. Keller, Helen. The world I live in. Illustrated. New York: The Century Co., 1908, pp. xiii, 195. These two books by Miss Keller are most remarkable auto- biographical records of her impressions of the world in which she lives and which she finds so full of interest. Javal, Emile. On becoming blind. Advice for the use of persons losing their sight. Translated by Carroll E. Edson. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. xiv, 191. Inquires what can be done to live with the least possible evil from the infirmity of blindness. Gives advice and instruction, so that a person who becomes blind while in full activity may not be condemned to inactivity. Mell, Alexander. Encyklopadisches Handbuch des Blind- enwesens. Herausgegeben unter Mitwirkung vieler her- vorragenden Schul- und Fachmanner. Mit 81 Portraits, 135 anderen Abbildungen und 2 Schrifttafeln. Wien und Leipzig: Verlag von A. Pichler's Witwe & Sohn, 1900, x, 890 S. Sketches the origin and development of the education of the blind in various countries. Describes all the principal institu- tions. Discusses the various methods and problems of instruc- tion, physiological and psychological questions connected with blindness, apparatus, equipment, etc. Gives an account of the life and works of the prominent teachers and friends of the blind, as well as of the most notable of the blind persons themselves. State of New York. Report of the commission to investi- gate the condition of the blind in the state of New York. Transmitted to the legislature April 10, 1907. Albany. J. B. Lyon Co., 1907, pp. 586. DEFECTIVES 1 07 A very valuable document. Practically all phases of the work with and for the blind receive enlightening consideration. Numerous illustrations enhance the value of the discussion. State of Massachusetts. Annual reports of the Massachu- setts commission for the blind. Boston: Wright & Potter Printing Co., 190 7-. These brief reports give splendid accounts of what is being done by and for the blind in Massachusetts. Perkins Institution and Massachusetts School for the Blind. Annual reports. Boston: Wright & Potter Printing Co., 1 833-. These reports give excellent summaries and discussions of work for the blind. Charities 'and the Commons, Vol. XV, No. 18, February 3, 1906. Nearly the whole number is devoted to work for the blind in the United States. It contains a number of valuable articles by superintendents and directors of the principal institutions. Outlook for the Blind. A quarterly record of the progress and welfare of the blind. Boston: Massachusetts Associa- tion for Promoting the Interests of the Blind, 190 7-. A first-class magazine, concerned with all aspects of the work for the blind. Perkins Institution for the Blind. Special reference library of books relating to the blind. Compiled under the direction of Michael Anagnos. Part I, Books in Eng- lish. Boston: Wright & Potter Printing Co., 1907, pp. v, 192. An exhaustive bibliography of books and articles up to 1907. De Land, Fred. Dumb no longer. Washington: Volta Bureau, 1908, pp. vi, 285. A very interesting account of the rise and progress of the oral method of teaching the deaf in America. 108 SOCIAL SERVICE Bell, Alexander Graham. The mechanism of speech. Lectures delivered before the American Association to Promote the Teaching of Speech to the Deaf, to which is appended a paper on Vowel Theories, read before the National Academy of Arts and Sciences. Illus- trated with charts and diagrams. New York: Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1907, pp. xv, 133. An extremely valuable treatise, explaining fully the teaching of speech to deaf children. While it is of greatest value to per- sons professionally engaged in teaching speech to the deaf, it is of value also to any one interested in the work. Boultbee, E. F. Practical lip reading. For the use of the deaf. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1902, pp. vii, 112. " An attempt to interest the general reader, and especially the partially-deaf world, in the technical details of the science of lip-reading." Ferreri, G. The American institutions for the education of the deaf. Reprinted from The Association Review. Philadelphia: .Pennsylvania Institution for the Deaf and Dumb, 1908, pp. 159. The Italian author made a careful and thorough study of American schools for the deaf, and gives, in this book, a splendid account of what American educators have done and are doing to improve the condition of those deprived of hearing and speech. The book does not present a detailed account of individual insti- tutions, but gives an instructive discussion of the principal sub- jects and questions concerning the pedagogy of the deaf and dumb. American Annals of the Deaf. Bimonthly. Washington: E. A. Fay, 1847-. A very important source of information on all subjects con- cerning the deaf and dumb. 8. CRIME AND CRIMINALS Ray M. McConnell I. General Parsons, Philip A. Responsibility for crime. New York: Columbia University, 1909, pp. 194. A good first book on the subject. It is not a special study of " responsibility," either on the part of the criminal or on the part of society, but is rather an introduction to the entire sub- ject of criminality and crime, causes, treatment and prevention. Hall, Arthur Cleveland. Crime in its relation to social progress. New York: Columbia University Press, 1902, pp. xvii, 427. An historical and statistical study of the correlation between the degree of civilization and the volume of crime. An inquiry into the evolutionary function and usefulness of crime and pun- ishment. " Society's conflict with its criminal members, due to the enforcement of new social prohibitions, is one of the chief means by which humanity, in every age, has risen from a lower to a higher plane of civilization." Proal, Louis. Political crime. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1898, pp. xxii, 355. A study of political malefactors, or of crimes perpetrated by governments for alleged reasons of state, and by politicians for alleged reasons of expediency or for political advantage. The chief concern is to combat false maxims of government and wrong principles of politicians. " The political question, just as the social question, is, above all, a moral question." MacDonald, Arthur. Statistics of crime, suicide, insan- ity, and other forms of abnormality and criminological studies in connection with bills to establish a laboratory 109 IIO SOCIAL SERVICE for the study of the criminal, pauper and defective classes. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1903, pp. 121. A valuable collection of statistics of the United States, Eng- land, Germany, France, Italy, Belgium and Austria, with a few short studies in criminology. United States. Bureau of the Census. Special Report. Prisoners and juvenile delinquents in institutions, 1904. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1907, pp. 295. A very valuable collection of statistical and other important information concerning such matters as number, sex, color, nativity, offenses, sentences, marital condition, literacy and occupation. American Prison Association [formerly National Prison Association]. Proceedings of the annual congresses from 1870 to the current year. These reports contain the most important collection of theo- ries, facts and principles relating to criminology and penology. There is a general index for all the reports from 1870 to 1904. For the reports since 1904 the indexes of the separate volumes have to be consulted. National Conference of Charities and Correction. Proceed- ings of the annual sessions from 1874 to the current year. Consult the " Cumulative Index " (for Volumes 1 to 33 inclu- sive) and also the " Guide to the Study of Charities and Correc- tion by Means of the Proceedings " (for Volumes 1 to 34 inclusive) , in which valuable references may be found on practically all the topics concerning crime and its treatment. For volumes since 1906, the indexes of the separate volumes must be consulted. International Prison Congress. Reports of the proceed- ings of the congresses held since the first in 1872. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1872-. CRIME AND CRIMINALS III The seven or eight volumes in this series contain some excel- lent articles and discussions, by some of the most distinguished jurists, penologists and sociologists of the world. Bliss, W. D. P. The new encyclopedia of social reform New York: Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1908, pp. vi, 132 1. Contains good short articles on crime, penology, etc. Consult index for subjects and references. II. Criminal Anthropology and Sociology Ellis, Havelock. The criminal. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1903, pp. xix, 419. An exhaustive study of the physiological and psychological characteristics of criminals, with a good statement of the results of criminal anthropology and the penal treatment that accords with those results. Drahms, August. The criminal: his personnel and envi- ronment. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1900, pp. xiv, 402. This treatise differs from that of Ellis in that the study of the physiological and psychological characteristics of criminals distinguishes for separate consideration the various classes of criminals (the instinctive, the habitual and the single offender), and considers at much greater length the origins of crime in heredity and in environment, the statistics of crime and the problem of treatment. Lydston, G. Frank. Diseases of society. (The vice and crime problem.) Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Co., 1906, pp. 626. An important treatise on the main questions of criminal an- thropology and sociology. Some of the most important chap- ters are : Etiology of social diseases in general, neuroses in their relations to social diseases, anarchy in its relations to crime, genius and degeneracy, physical and psychical characteristics of the criminal, and four long chapters on sexual vice and crime. 112 SOCIAL SERVICE Ferri, Enrico. Criminal sociology. New York: D.Apple- ton & Co., 1900, pp. xiii, 284. A consideration of the three factors of crime — anthropo- logical, physical and social — with the main emphasis on the social. More than half of the book considers the legal and penal treatment of crime and the criminal, with suggestions of practi- cal reforms. Lombroso, Caesar. The female offender. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1903, pp. xxvi, 313. A scientific inquiry into the physical, mental and pathological characteristics of criminal women. An exhaustive account of the peculiarities and anomalies of skull, brain, face, organs of sense, limbs and general physical structure, and also of the mental and moral character. The book is an example of the author's endeavor to account for the criminal as a product of pathological and atavistic anomalies, and to determine a dis- tinct criminal type. Munsterberg, Hugo. On the witness stand. Essays on psychology and crime. New York : The McClure Com- pany, 1908, pp. 269. Popular sketches dealing essentially with the mind of the wit- ness on the witness stand. The topics of consideration are illusions, memory of the witness, detection of crime, traces of emotions, untrue confessions, suggestions in court, hypnotism and crime, and prevention of crime. This is a very successful attempt to show how psychology must be made of service in the practical needs of legal procedure. Mercier, Charles. Criminal responsibility. Oxford : The Clarendon Press, 1905, pp. 232. Holds that the works by jurists need to be complemented by the studies and investigations of professional psychologists. Gives an analysis of the state of mind which accompanies the outward act of the criminal. CRIME AND CRIMINALS 113 Kellor, Frances A. Experimental sociology. Descriptive and analytical. Delinquents. New York: The Mac- millan Company, 1901,. pp. xvi, 316. A study, with laboratory methods, of the character of convict women. The results (anthropological, psychological, socio- logical) are presented and discussed thoroughly. In addition to this primary interest, there are important chapters on labora- tories for child study, relation of environment to criminality, penal systems of northern and southern states, defects in penal treatment and suggestions for improvements. The book is in large part a very careful study of the negro and southern condi- tions. III. Legal Aspects Kenny, Courtney Stanhope. Outlines of criminal law. American edition. New York: The Macmillan Com- pany, 1907, pp. xxi, 404. While the body of the book is concerned with " definitions of particular crimes," there are a good many chapters which are of general social interest. These discuss such topics as the nature of a crime, the purpose of criminal punishment, the mental element in crime, exemptions from responsibility, the possible parties to a crime, the classification of crimes, modes of judicial proof, rules of evidence, and limitations on criminal jurisdiction. Barrows, S. J., editor. Penal codes of France, Germany, Belgium and Japan. Reports prepared for the Inter- national Prison Commission. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1901, pp. x, 158. A collection of monographs on the penal codes of the countries named, prepared by specialists distinguished in their respective countries for their knowledge of criminal law and procedure. Train, Arthur. The prisoner at the bar. Sidelights on the administration of criminal justice. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1906, pp. xiv, 349. A highly interesting narrative by an assistant district attorney 114 SOCIAL SERVICE of New York City. Gives a concrete idea of the actual adminis- tration of criminal justice in ordinary cases. Some of the topics are, crime, the real criminals, the arrest, the police court, the trial of misdemeanors, the trial of felonies, the judge, the jury, the witness, the verdict, and the sentence. Parmelee, Maurice. The principles of anthropology and sociology in their relations to criminal procedure. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. viii, 410. An excellent statement of the methods and results of criminal anthropology and sociology, and a proposal in outline of a scientific procedure based thereon. The discussion shows a thorough acquaintance with both philosophical theory and scientific practice in the sphere of crime. IV. Police Fuld, Leonhard Felix. Police administration. A critical study of police organizations in the United States and abroad. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1909, pp. xix, 551. A systematic and thorough exposition of the principles and practice of police administration. Some of the topics considered are functions of police administration, history, officers, selection of patrolmen, regular and special duties of policemen, discipline, equipment and records, control of vice, and police problems. Freund, Ernst. The police power. Public policy and constitutional rights. Chicago: Callaghan & Co., 1904, pp. xcii, 819. An exhaustive legal treatise on the power of promoting the public welfare by restraining and regulating the use of liberty and property. Part I, on the nature and general scope of the police power, assigns to the police power its proper place among governmental powers. Part II, on the public welfare, defines the conditions and interests which call for restraint or regula- tion (such interests as peace and security from crime, public safety and health, public order and comfort, public morals, pre- CRIME AND CRIMINALS 115 vention of fraud, and regulations of combinations of labor and capital) . Part III, on fundamental rights under the police power, considers liberty, property and equality. McAdoo, William. Guarding a great city. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1906, pp. vi, 350. An interesting account, by an ex-commissioner, of the police administration of New York City. An instructive portrayal of the merits and defects of the system, and an impartial discussion of shortcomings and of reforms needed. Great Britain. Report of the Royal Commission upon the Duties of the Metropolitan Police, together with Appendices. 3 vols. London: Wyman & Sons, 1908, pp. lxii, 1924. Volume I contains the report, while Volumes II and III con- tain the minutes of evidence and other appendices. Volume I contains many valuable facts concerning the regular duties of the police, the manner in which the police actually deal with drunkenness, disorder and solicitation in the streets, and the commission's conclusions and recommendations. V. Penology Boies, Henry M. The science of, penology. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1901, pp. xvii, 459. A full and satisfactory account of the scientific treatment of criminals. The best methods are adequately described, and ways of improvement pointed out. The discussion is never repellent or morbid. It is always clear, thorough, sane, practical and optimistic. Wines, Frederick H. Punishment and reformation. A study of the penitentiary system. New, enlarged edi- tion. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1910, pp. xv, 387. " Its aim is to give to the ordinary reader a clear and connected view of the change in the attitude of the law toward crime and Il6 SOCIAL SERVICE criminals." While the greater part of the book describes sys- tems of prison discipline and reformation, a large part discusses the more general problems of causes of crime, theories of pun- ishment, responsibility, and prevention of crime. Anderson, Sir Robert. Criminals and crime. Some facts and suggestions. London: James Nisbet & Co., 1907, pp. xii, 182. A popular treatise on " professional " criminals. An arraign- ment of the present punishment-of-crime system or short- sentence system, and a plea for a treatment-of-the-criminal system, trial of a criminal for what he is rather than for the crime which led to his arrest. An advocacy of certain reforms for ridding society of the " professional " criminal. Barrows, S. J., editor. Prison systems of the United States. Reports prepared for the International Prison Commission. Washington : Government Printing Office, 1900, pp. 157. Contains instructive accounts of the federal prisons system and of the prison systems of eighteen states, prepared by the commissioner for the United States and by associate commis- sioners in various states. Henderson, Charles Richmond. Modern prison systems ; their organization and regulation in various countries of Europe and America. Report prepared for the International Prison Commission. Washington: Gov- ernment Printing Office, 1903, pp. xxxvi, 319. A careful collection of facts, arranged on a uniform plan, concerning the actual methods of administering prisons and reformatories in civilized nations. Of great practical value for comparative purposes and for suggestions of improvement in methods and practices. United States Commissioner of Labor. Twentieth Annual Report. Convict labor. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1906, pp. 794. CRIME AND CRIMINALS 117 Reports from two hundred and ninety-six institutions (prisons, reformatories and convict camps) under federal, state, county and city control, showing commercial effect of the competition of convict-made goods; general tables and statistics of institu- tions, employees, contractors and lessees; number and employ- ment of convicts; systems of work; industries; value of goods and labor; description and quantity of goods made or work done; disposition of goods made; receipts; expenditures; value of prison property; cost of maintenance; and convict labor laws of all the states. Fanning, C. E., compiler. Selected articles on capital punishment. Minneapolis: The H. W. Wilson Com- pany, 1909, pp. viii, 171. " The best articles on the subject have been collected and reprinted entire or in part, the aim being to furnish the best available material on both sides of the question without unneces- sary repetition." A very good work. Contains also a valuable selected list of references to books and magazines in which the subject is treated. VI. Juvenile Delinquency Morrison, William Douglas. Juvenile offenders. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1897, pp. xx, 317. Shows how habitual crime may be diminished by better methods of dealing with juvenile offenders. In the first part of the book the conditions which produce the juvenile delinquent are divided into two fundamental classes: individual and social. The second part of the book considers how far it is possible to minimize and remove the causes which produce juvenile delin- quency. Punitive methods are found to be of little worth. Ameliorative methods must deal not only with the individual, but also with the general conditions which account for the individual. The statistical matter is now quite old. Il8 SOCIAL SERVICE Travis, Thomas. The young malefactor. A study in juvenile delinquency; its causes and treatment. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1908, pp. xxviii, 259. Criticises the Italian School, and maintains that more than ninety per cent of first court offenders are normal. Juvenile delinquency is accounted for mainly by environmental causes: physical, economic and social. The concluding chapter gives a sketch of what is to be done. The various parts of the book are of quite unequal merit. Russell, G» E. B., and Rigby, L. M. The making of the criminal. London: Macmillan & Co., 1906, pp. xvi, 362. Concerned almost exclusively with the treatment of " juvenile- adults." It shows how various types of youth sink to the verge of criminality, how they are treated, with what results, and how present methods may be improved. There are valuable com- parisons of the practice of European, Australasian and American countries in the matter of arrests, trials, sentences, detention homes, truant schools, industrial schools, reformatories, parole, aid for discharged prisoners, juvenile courts, probation, etc. George, William R. The junior republic. Its history and ideals. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1910, pp. xv, 326. An intensely interesting story, by the founder of the republic, of how boys and girls are trained in citizenship in this self- governing community. A delightful portrayal of boy and girl nature, and an instructive lesson in how youths may best be prepared for the responsibilities of manhood. Barrows, S. J., editor. The reformatory system in the United States. Reports prepared for the International Prison Commission. Washington: .Government Print- ing Office, 1900, pp. 240. A very interesting and instructive account of the reformatories and reformatory methods of the United States, prepared by the CRIME AND CRIMINALS 119 editor with the cooperation of superintendents of reformatories and other recognized authorities on the subject. Snedden, David S. Administration and educational work of American juvenile reform schools. New York: Columbia University, 1907, pp. 206. A splendid description of the educational ideals, methods, and results of juvenile reform schools. Rhoades, Mabel Carter. A case study of delinquent boys in the juvenile court of Chicago. Chicago : University of Chicago Press, 1907, pp. 25. (Reprinted from the American Journal of Sociology, Vol. XII, No. 1, July, 1907.) A statistical investigation of one hundred cases of delinquent boys, and of the family conditions in each case, as causally affecting the conduct of the child. The bulk of juvenile delin- quency is almost entirely explained by loss of parents and by internal home conditions. MacDonald, Arthur. A study of the criminal, pauper and defective classes. Statement, before the Committee on Education and Labor, United States Senate, 1907-8, in support of the bill to establish a laboratory for the study of the criminal, pauper and defective classes. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1908, pp. 125. Almost wholly concerned with juvenile delinquents. Discusses the study of juvenile criminals, decay of family life and increase of child crime, reform of juvenile criminals and wayward youth, statistics of juvenile crime, and reformatory statistics. Espe- cially valuable on account of the thorough statistics gathered from nearly all the states of the United States and also from foreign countries. Perkins, Richard Roy. Treatment of juvenile delin- quents. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1906, pp. 77. 120 SOCIAL SERVICE Both historical and critical. It first considers the juvenile delinquent in the absence of special legislation (in ancient civili- zations and among primitive peoples), and then sketches the development of special legislation in various countries. The great part of the book, however, is devoted to a description of the apparatus for the treatment of juvenile delinquents (juve- nile courts, probation system, child-saving institutions, etc.) , and a critique of principles, means ahd methods. Hurley, T. D. Juvenile courts and what they have accom- plished. Chicago: The Visitation and Aid Society, 1904, pp. 113. Tells carefully what the juvenile court is, what its origin was, and what results it has accomplished. Describes procedure in the court for dependency, for delinquency, and for truancy. Reproduces the text of the Illinois Juvenile Court Law, the first Juvenile Court Bill, and the blanks used by the Chicago Juvenile Court. Stephens, George Asbury. The juvenile court system of Kansas. Topeka, Kan.: G. A. Stephens, 1906, pp. 122. Gives the results of the working of the juvenile court in Kan- sas. Reports the criticisms from the people charged with the practical administration. Subjects the present law to detailed criticism and proposes a new law at full length, based on the best laws of other states and intended as a model law for juvenile courts. The Problem of the Children and How the State of Colorado Cares for Them. Denver: The Juvenile Court, 1904, pp. 222. Contains chapters by Judge Lindsey on " The Fight for Child- hood," " The Law and the Court," and " The Administrative Work," and chapters by the probation officers of the Denver Juvenile Court on " Facts and Figures," " The Expense," and " The Court Approved." [Practically the whole of this book is incorporated in S. J. Barrows' " Children's Courts in the United States," a report CRIME AND CRIMINALS 121 prepared for the International Prison Commission. See title later in this section.] Lindsey, B. B., compiler. The juvenile court laws of the state of Colorado, as in force and as proposed, and their purpose explained. Denver: The Juvenile Improve- ment Association, 1905, pp. 80. Gives the text, with explanatory comments, of the delinquent law, detention school law, child labor law, compulsory school law, parental school law, appointment and powers of probation officers, anti-tobacco laws, juvenile dependent law, and support of children by parents law. Barrows, S. J., editor. Children's courts in the United States. Their origin, development and results. Re- ports prepared for the International Prison Commis- sion. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1904, pp. xvii, 205. Contains an introduction by the editor and articles by promi- nent leaders in juvenile court work concerning law and proce- dure in New York, Colorado, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, New Jersey, Indiana and Missouri. The appendix gives copies of the juvenile court laws of several states. Excellent discussions of the subject of juvenile courts by judges and probation officers are given in a special number of The Survey for February 5, 19 10. Good articles are to be found also in the recent volumes of the Proceedings of the National Con- ference of Charities and Correction, and in some of the weekly and monthly magazines. (Consult an index to periodical literature.) 9 . THE LIQUOR PROBLEM Ray M. McConnell I. General The Liquor Problem: a summary of investigations con- ducted by the Committee of Fifty. Boston : Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1905, pp. ix, 82. The Committee of Fifty decided that " a brief summary of the conclusions reached by the various subcommittees might be of interest to readers who were not likely to examine the more elaborate and technical volumes." Accordingly, this volume contains, besides the introduction by Professor Peabody, brief summaries (by the chairmen of the respective subcommittees) of the physiological aspects of the liquor problem, the legislative aspects, the economic aspects, the ethical aspects, and substitutes for the saloon. It is an excellent compendium of the results of the separate inquiries. Barker, John Marshall. The saloon problem and social reform. Boston: The Everett Press, 1905, pp. vii, 212. A brief but comprehensive treatise. The first part sketches the economic, political, social and criminal aspects of the saloon problem. The second part deals with the essential social factors which enter into the solution (the entire suppression of the saloon), together with the underlying social principles involved and the method of their application. Williams, Henry Smith. Alcohol; how it affects the indi- vidual, the community, and the race. New York : The Century Company, 1909, pp. viii, 151. A concise, unprejudiced, unimpassioned presentation of the findings of recent science as to the effects of alcohol. Practically all the effects, both individual and social, are brought under con- THE LIQUOR PROBLEM 123 sideration. Considering its size and comprehensiveness, this is the best book of its kind. Burns, John. Labour and drink. The Lees and Raper Memorial Lecture (Manchester) for 1904. London: Kent & Matthews, 1904, pp. 63. A popular and forcible account of practically all the social effects of drink. Pereira, Henry Horace. Intemperance. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1905, pp. vi, 173. A summary statement, by the Bishop of Croydon, of some of the principal aspects of the drink problem. It is one of the vol- umes in a series of " Handbooks for the Clergy." Calkins, Raymond. Substitutes for the saloon. An inves- tigation made for the Committee of Fifty. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1901, pp. xvi, 397. This inquiry seeks to discover agencies that may compete suc- cessfully with the saloon in the matter of supplying satisfaction for the social instincts. The search leads to a thorough study of clubs, popular education, the social work of churches, missions, settlements and Y. M. C. A., the various kinds of indoor and out- door amusements, lunch rooms, coffee houses and English tem- perance houses, with a concluding consideration of the housing of the working people. The appendix contains reports of the work in various cities. This volume is an excellent piece of work and has not been equaled by any similar study. II. Effects of the Drink Habit Kcren, John. Economic aspects of the liquor problem. An investigation made for the Committee of Fifty. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1899, pp. x, 327. A capital study of the liquor problem in its relations to poverty, pauperism, the destitution and neglect of children, crime, negroes, Indians, and large cities. The appendix contains valuable tables. The statistical information is out of date, but the general results are doubtless as true as at first. 124 SOCIAL SERVICE Billings, John S., editor. Physiological aspects of the liquor problem. Investigations made for the Com- mittee of Fifty. 2 vols. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1903, pp. xxii, 396, 379. Contains elaborate investigations by scientists and physicians concerning the influence of alcohol and alcoholic beverages on digestion and secretion, on growth and development and on the normal vital resistance to infection, data relating to the use of alcoholic drinks among brain workers of the United States, relations of drink habit to insanity, pharmacological action of ethyl alcohol, nutritive value and pathological effects of alcohol. Contains also a report on instruction in public schools concern- ing the physiological action of alcohol. In its field this work is the best. Horsley, Sir Victor, and Sturge, Mary D. Alcohol and the human body. An introduction to the study of the subject. With a chapter by Arthur Newsholme. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xxv, 370. An elaborate treatise concerning the effects of alcohol on the nervous system, on the brain, on intellectual processes, on the digestive system, on the heart and blood, on resistance to disease, on heredity and on national health. Thoroughly scientific, yet expressed in untechnical language. Kelynack, T. N., editor. The drink problem in its medico- sociological aspects, by fourteen medical authorities. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1907, pp. viii, 300. A comprehensive series of scientifically authoritative chapters, each written by a specially qualified medical expert. The topics considered are the evolution of alcoholism, the pathology of alco- holism, the psychology of the alcoholic, medico-legal relations of alcoholism, the relation of alcoholism to mental disease, public health, life insurance, women and children, crime, pauperism, national deterioration, and legislation, with a conclusion on the arrest of alcoholism — a solution of the drink problem. THE LIQUOR PROBLEM 1 25 Kelynack, T. N. The alcohol problem in its biological aspect. London : Richard J. James, 1906, pp. 143. Indicates in simple language something of the scientific methods whereby intemperance may be investigated, and gives to the reader a somewhat elementary knowledge of the pathology of alcoholism and of the psychology of the alcoholic. Kerr, Norman. Inebriety or narcomania: its etiology, pathology and jurisprudence. Third edition. New York: J. Selwin Tait & Sons, 1894, pp. xxxv, 605. A systematic and scientific treatise on inebriety as a disease, its forms, causes, pathology, treatment and medico-legal aspects. An extremely thorough and valuable work. Reid, G. Archdall. Alcoholism; a study in heredity. New York: Wm. Wood & Co., 1902, pp. xvi, 293. An application of the Weismann doctrine of heredity to the facts of alcoholism. There is no hope for temperance reform through the abolition of drink; the only hope is through the elimination of the drunkard. Every race is temperate strictly in proportion to itsjpast sufferings through alcohol. Alcoholism will have to be eliminated from human nature through the regular ways of selection, natural and artificial. Natural selection is working against alcoholism — i"the fittest to survive" are the temperate. Men can assist the process by selective breeding. Drunkenness in Massachusetts, conditions and remedies. Special report of the board of trustees of the Foxborough state hospital. Boston: Wright & Potter, 1910, pp. 70. A careful study of the public treatment of inebriety in this country and in Europe. It considers especially the existing system of legislation and of court and institutional procedure in Massachusetts for the treatment of the different types of drunk- enness in their different degrees. Stump, J., and Willenegger, Robert. Zur Alkoholfrage. Graphische Tabellen mit Begleittext. Zurich: Robert Willenegger, 1907, pp. xvi, 228. 126 SOCIAL SERVICE Contains more than fifty full-page charts, in colors, showing the relation of alcoholism to crime, mental work, physical endurance, sickness, mortality, degeneration and domestic economy. The sources from which the charts are made or compiled are scientific treatises and investigations originating in psychological labora- tories, medical clinics, penal institutions, insurance societies, universities, etc. Explanatory texts accompany the charts and give additional information. III. Methods of Legislative Control Wines, F. H., and Koren, John. The liquor problem in its legislative aspects. An investigation made for the Committee of Fifty. Boston : Houghton, Mifflin Com- pany, 1898, pp. viii, 425. An excellent study of the different kinds of liquor legislation in the United States, as exemplified in the legislation of Maine (prohibition), Massachusetts (local option), Pennsylvania (high license), South Carolina (state dispensaries), Indiana (license), Missouri (local option), Iowa (prohibition), Ohio (state tax), and New York (high license). Practically all of the systems studied have undergone important changes since 1895; and the later studies of other investigators should also be consulted (see references in this list) ; but this report nevertheless gives valuable indications of the success or non-success in promoting temperance of the various kinds of legislation described, and shows also the social and political effects of the various sorts of liquor legislation. Sites, C. M. L. Centralized administration of liquor laws in the American commonwealths. New York : Colum- bia University, 1899, pp. xii, 162. A description of five characteristic systems of administrative control exercised by the central executive officers of the state: (1) excise revenue administration (principal example, New York) ; (2) restrictive license administration (principal example, Boston, Mass.); (3) repressive police administration (principal examples, Maine, Michigan, Kansas) ; (4) commercial administra- THE LIQUOR PROBLEM 127 tion (principal example, South Carolina) ; (5) judicial adminis- tration (examples various). Regulation of the liquor traffic. In Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. XXXII, No. 3, November, 1908. Philadelphia: American Academy of Political and Social Science, 1908, pp. iv, 145- Contains numerous short articles by notable people on various ways of regulating the liquor traffic and on the organization and methods of the principal temperance societies. Rowntree, Joseph, and Sherwell, Arthur. The tem- perance problem and social reform. Ninth edition. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1901, pp. xxxi, 777; " Popular abridged edition," ibid., 1901, pp. 179. A very thorough study of the dimensions of the problem, the social and political menace, the systems of state prohibition, local option, high license, government monopoly and the com- pany system of Sweden and Norway. The concluding chapter discusses " The Solution of the Problem." This book is a most excellent work, even though a great deal of the statistical and similar information is now out of date. Shadwell, Arthur. Drink, temperance, and legislation. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1903, pp. xvii, 3°4- The most important topics are drink in the past, the decline of drunkenness, the forces of temperance, the forces of intemper- ance and the principles of liquor legislation. The author believes that the government's policy should be restriction, but not pro- hibition. The law must look after public order, not compulsory virtue. There are chapters also on the Scandinavian system and on similar English experiments. Fehlandt, August F. A century of drink reform in the United States. New York: Eaton & Mains, 1904, pp. 410. A strong advocacy of national prohibition. A history of the 128 SOCIAL SERVICE temperance movement since 1785, with a description of the rise and activity of the various temperance societies, and the attempts at local option, state dispensaries and state prohibition. The lessons from experience are pointed out; and the conclusion urges the aim at national prohibition. The discussion is some- times distorted, in the interest of glorifying prohibition. Wooley, John G., and Johnson, W. E. Temperance prog- ress of the century. (Volume XXIV of " The Nine- teenth Century Series.") Philadelphia: The Bradley Garretson Company, 1903, pp. xvi, 517. A comprehensive historical account of the progress of temper- ance in the United States, Canada, Europe and Australasia. Half of the book is devoted to the United States. There are separate discussions of the Gothenburg system, the dispensary system, temperance and medicine, temperance and life insurance, temperance in military affairs, civilization as the apostle of vice, temperance and Christian churches. Gould, E. R. L. The Gothenburg system of liquor traffic. Being the fifth special report of the United States Commissioner of Labor. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1893, pp. 253. A careful investigation into the working of the Gothenburg system, giving (1) an outline of its origin and establishment ; (2) an analysis of the legislative features governing the manu- facture, wholesale and retail and bar trade in spirituous liquors; (3) a complete exposition of the system in operation in the principal cities of Sweden and Norway; (4) the economic and social results of the company system, and (5) the advantages and disadvantages of the company system. Rowntree, Joseph, and Sherwell, Arthur. Public con- trol of the liquor traffic. Being a review of the Scandi- navian experiments in the light of recent experience. London: Grant Richards, 1903, pp. xxx, 296. An examination and refutation of the objections that have been urged against the public management of the liquor traffic. THE LIQUOR PROBLEM 1 29 Rowntree, Joseph, and Sherwell, Arthur. British Gothenburg experiments and public-house trusts. Third edition. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1903, pp. vii, 176. A study of the efforts in England, Scotland and Ireland to withdraw the liquor trade from private hands through the " Gothenburg " principle of public management. The various experiments are described, their successes noted and their difficulties pointed out. The conclusion discusses possibilities and suggests measures for improvement. Cumming, A. N. Public-house reform. New York : Charles Scribner's Sons, 1901, pp. 185. A description of some of the English experiments in the man- agement of saloons by a company of public-spirited citizens with the object of encouraging temperance, eliminating private profit and devoting the proceeds to public improvements. Pratt, Edwin A. Licensing and temperance in Sweden, Norway, and Denmark. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1907, pp. x, 117. An elaborate attack on the " Gothenburg " and " Norwegian " systems of liquor traffic, and an advocacy of the " Copenhagen " system. It endeavors to prove that temperance conditions in Denmark, as the result of a temperance activity which allows beer of low alcoholic strength to be regarded as a temperance beverage, are better than temperance conditions in Sweden and Norway, where coercive legislation is directed also against beer, and where the people are led to buy strong liquors in large quanti- ties to take home. Walker, John. The commonwealth as publican. An examination of the Gothenburg system. London : Con- stable & Co., 1902, pp. viii, 183. An adverse criticism of public management. An investiga- tion of the shortcomings of the Norwegian and Swedish systems, and of the similar experiments in England and Scotland. 130 SOCIAL SERVICE Johnson, William E. The Gothenburg system of liquor selling. Chicago: The New "Voice Company, 1903, pp. 74- A searching investigation to show that temperance conditions under the Swedish and Norwegian systems of the liquor trade are worse than temperance conditions under any of the American systems. The main object of the treatise is to further prohibition. A thorough and animated discussion. Rowntree, Joseph, and Sherwell, Arthur. The taxa- tion of the liquor trade. Second edition (revised and enlarged). New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xxviii, 575. Gives an historical and detailed examination of liquor license duties and beer and spirit duties. Points out how the public revenues have not received their share of the increase in values of licenses. While the chief concern is with England, a very large part of the book is devoted to a detailed examination of the basis and standards of license duties in Australia, New Zealand and Canada, and to an exhaustive comparative study of the taxation of the liquor trade in the United States, the basis and scale of taxation enforced in the representative states and the principal cities. The conclusion discusses the advantages and limitations of the high license system. Webb, Sidney, and Webb, Beatrice. The history of liquor licensing in England principally from 1700 to 1830. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1903, pp. xi, 162. Sketches the vicissitudes of liquor regulation through " the period of laxness," " the period of regulation and suppression," and " the period of free trade in theory and practice." A few paragraphs at the end give a summary of licensing legislation since 1830. Pease, Edward R. The case for municipal drink trade. London: P. S. King & Son, 1904, pp. vih, 166. THE LIQUOR PROBLEM ' I3I A strong plea for the municipalization of the drink trade. Shows in detail the failure of other policies — free trade, re- stricted number of licenses, high license, local option and pro- hibition. Claims that municipalization will meet every test that can be applied, and will furnish advantages which no other sys- tem can offer. A sane and forcible argument. Snowden, Philip. Socialism and the drink question. Lon- don: Independent Labor Party, 1908, pp. vii, 205. Advocates the municipalization of the liquor traffic. Intro- ductory chapters discuss the general social aspects of the drink problem. The main argument discusses state prohibition, local option, disinterested management, trust companies in Britain, and public control, with an extended consideration of muni- cipalization, objections and advantages. The various parts of the book are colored by socialistic interpretations. The most recent statistics and other important information may be found in the current numbers of the following year- books : Anti-Saloon League Year Book. American Prohibition Year Book. Woman's Christian Temperance Union Year Book. Year Book of the United States Brewers' Association. National Temperance League's Annual. (English.) Scottish Temperance Annual. io. PUBLIC RECREATIONS James Ford This subject has little specific literature of scientific value, though treated incidentally in works on all of the social sciences. The theory of play is to be sought chiefly in works on psychology and education ; the public provision of recreation centers — parks, playgrounds, gymnasiums, baths, libraries, museums, theaters, in works on government, municipal control, town planning, art, hygiene ; the private provision of recreations may be sought in the literature of settlements, industrial partnership, cooperation, university extension, the institutional church. The unguided recreations, especially of the urban population, are treated chiefly in periodical literature, but also in general studies of social conditions (e. g., Booth's " Life and Labour of the People "; Woods' " City Wilderness "). I. Theory of Play An excellent bibliography of this subject is maintained cur- rently in the Pedagogical Seminary, published by Clark Univer- sity, Worcester. Leland, in " Playground technique and play- craft," offers a well-selected list of books and magazine articles on both theory and method. Important contributions to the theory of play have come from four sources: German peda- gogy and psychology, represented chiefly by Froebel and Groos; the literature of physical education, ^represented to-day in America by Sargent and Gulick; the Clark University school of child-study [Hall, Chamberlain, Forbush], and of late the Playground Association of America, which with practical intent offers much of sociological value [Johnson, Lee]. Chamberlain, Alexander Francis. The child and child- hood in folk thought. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1896, pp. x, 464. 132 PUBLIC RECREATIONS 133 Chamberlain, Alexander Francis. The child; a study in the evolution of man. London: Walter Scott, Ltd., 1900, pp. xii, 498. The former volume contains widely gathered ethnic data on child games. The latter work gives a digest of prevalent theories of play and contains an abundance of anthropological illustra- tion. Bibliographies. Colozza, G. A. Psychologie und Padagogik des Kinder- spiels. (Tr. from Italian by Chr. Ufer.) Altenburg: Oskar Bonde, 1900, viii, 272 S. Contains a history of theories of play from Plato to Froebel and a valuable treatment of the educative importance of play. Groos, Karl. The play of animals. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1898, xxvi, 341. Groos, Karl. The play of man. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1901, pp. ix, 412. In the earlier book the author reviews and criticises existing theories of play and presents an original and careful psycho- logical investigation of animal play. The latter volume ably considers the anthropological aspects of the problem, classified in an arbitrary but suggestive manner. Both books are rich in illustration and form together the most complete theoretical study of play yet produced. Hall, G. Stanley. Adolescence, its psychology and its relations to physiology, anthropology, sociology, sex, crime, religion and education. 2 vols. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1904, pp. xxi, 529; vi, 784. Hall, G. Stanley. Youth: its education, regimen and hygiene. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1908, pp. x, 379- " Youth " is a digest of the " practical conclusions " of the earlier work. Both treat chiefly of the characteristics of the ado- lescent period with reference to the education of adolescents. Development of the theory that " play . is reminiscent of 134 SOCIAL SERVICE our line of descent." Acute, thorough and almost indispensable to the serious student of the recreations of adolescents. Johnson, George Ellsworth. Education by plays and. games. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1907, pp. xiv, 234. A very brief discussion of the meaning of play and of the history and place of play in education, followed by a " suggestive course of plays and games designed to help the parent and teacher to utilize play in the . . . training of children by suggesting types of activity especially adapted to the needs of the child at the different periods." Elementary and compact. Bibliog- raphy. Playground Association of America. A normal course in play for professional directors. New York: Play- ground Association of America, 1910, pp. 169. An excellent syllabus of the theory and the methods of play, treated under the subtopics — child nature, the nature and func- tion of play, social conditions of the neighborhood, hygiene and first aid, the playground movement, the practical conduct of playgrounds, the organization and administration of play- grounds. Comprehensive and serviceable. Bibliography. Sargent, Dudley A. Physical education. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1906, pp. v, 311. " The crying need of the hour is to get education to recognize the fundamental importance of all forms of physical training and bodily activity as a basis for the cultivation of the higher mental and moral faculties." A collection of papers on the his- tory, aims and methods of physical training. These papers, as well as subsequent magazine articles by the same author, empha- size the social importance of physical education. II. Recreations of Children and Adolescents The most scientific studies of the recreations of adolescents are to be found currently in the Pedagogical Seminary and other periodicals of education. The journal, Work with Boys, published by the Federated Boys' Club (35 Congress Street, Boston), PUBLIC RECREATIONS 135 though not entirely emancipated from sentimentality, contains occasional articles of practical value, and good current reviews of books on boy life. Addams, Jane. The spirit of youth and the city streets. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. 162. A study of the forms of expression which the instincts of sex and of play take in the artificial environment of the American city street. Elementary, with illustrative quotations from wide experience. Buck, Winifred. Boys' self-governing clubs. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1903, pp. ix, 218. Formation of boys' clubs treated and exemplified in a careful and practical way. Forbush, William Byron. The boy problem, a study in social pedagogy. Boston : The Pilgrim Press, sixth and rewritten edition, 1906, pp. 219. A serious study of adolescence and of the associations formed by and for boys. Emphasis on the function of the church. Bibliography. Puffer, J. Adams. Boys' gangs. (Reprint from) Pedagogi- cal Seminary, Vol. XII, June, 1905, pp. 175-212. Important data on the spontaneous associations to which delinquent boys of the Lyman School have belonged. A statis- tical study of sixty-six gangs. Ufford, Walter Shepard. Fresh air charity in the United States. New York: Bonnell, Silver & Co., 1897, pp. Hi, 114. Extensive descriptive study of the organization of country vacations for city children. Present value chiefly historical. Urwick, E. J., editor. Studies of boy life in our cities. London: J. M. Dent & Co., 1904, pp. xv, 320. Home, street and club life of the London boy. Patronizing and often superficial, but a useful British source. 136 SOCIAL SERVICE III. Public Parks and Playgrounds A serious literature which combines the social and technical considerations of public recreation facilities has been begun by the Playground Association of America (1 Madison Avenue, New York City). They have published a " Bibliography on play " by G. E. Johnson (1909), a small current magazine, The Playground, and "Proceedings" of their first (1907), second (1908) and third (1909) annual congresses, which contain mono- graphs of a high degree of merit. The " Proceedings " of the third congress include the " Normal course in play," above men- tioned, and collected papers on " Folk dancing," " Athletics for boys," " Athletics for girls," " Statistics of playgrounds," " State laws relative to playgrounds," etc. Charities and the Com- mons of August 3, 1907, contains important articles on play. Useful bibliographies of handbooks on games, sports, athletics, gymnastics and physical training, as well as on the subject of play and playgrounds, are to be found in Mero and Leland. A recent handbook by Jessie Bancroft, on " Games for the playground, home, school and gymnasium" (N. Y. : The Mac- millan Company, 1909, pp. vii, 456) is of especial practical value to teachers. American Academy of Political and Social Science. Public recreation facilities. Annals, Vol. XXXV, No. 2, March, 1910, pp. vi, 232. Twenty-eight monographs on national, state, county and city reservations and on the social significance of parks and play- grounds. Leland, Arthur, and Leland, Lorna Higbee, editors. Playground technique and playcraft. Vol. I. Spring- field: The F. A. Bassett Company, 1909, pp. 284. " A popular text-book of playground philosophy, architecture, construction and equipment." A careful collection of mono- graphs on playground technique and " constructive play." Of decided practical value. Illustrations and bibliography. PUBLIC RECREATIONS 137 Mero, Everett B., editor. American playgrounds: their construction, equipment, maintenance and utility. Boston: American Gymnasia Company, 1908, pp. 270. " A compilation of information on how to apply practically various methods of physical training and recreation to men and women, boys and girls, in outdoor gymnasiums, playgrounds and school yards under everyday American conditions." Em- phasis on methods and supervision. Contains illustrations and bibliography. IV. Recreations — General Calkins, Raymond. Substitutes for the saloon. (Com- mittee of Fifty.) Boston and New York: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1901, pp. xviii, 397. A study of the saloon as a social center and of the agencies, public and private, religious and secular, indoor and outdoor, which may serve as social substitutes. Chiefly a study of adult recreations. An excellent work, not superseded despite the age of its illustrative data. Hanger, G. W. W. Public baths in the United States. Bulletin of the Bureau of Labor, No. 54. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1904, pp. 1245-1367. A mass of descriptive material concerning state, municipal and private bath-houses in the United States. Illustrated by photographs and plans. Lee, Joseph. Constructive and preventive philanthropy. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. x, 242. Contains concise chapters, descriptive and historical, on baths, gymnasiums, playgrounds, boys' clubs, outings and vacation schools. Bibliography. ii. RURAL SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT James Ford I. General A. The United States The chief reference book on this subject in all its phases is the " Cyclopedia of American Agriculture," L. H. Bailey, editor, Vol- ume IV, " Farm and Community." New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. xiV, 650. Aside from treatment of the historical and economic aspects of this question the cyclopedia contains valuable papers by experts on population movements, abandoned farms, the country church and school, agricultural education, farmers' organizations, state aid and control, — each with illustrative matter and bibliographies. Important current material is to be found in the year-books, bulletins, and other publications of the Department of Agricul- ture of the United States. The report of the Country Life Commission appointed by President Roosevelt, sixtieth congress, second session, Senate Document No. 705, presents ably and concisely the results of a wide survey of the " special deficiencies in country life " and of the " general corrective forces that should be set in motion." Of important recent studies of rural problems and remedies may be mentioned : Anderson, Wilbert L. The country town, a study of rural evolution. New York : The Baker & Taylor Com- pany, 1906, pp. iii, 307. A study of population movements and of the biological, economic and social factors in rural life. Of value to the advanced student. Bailey, L. H. The state and the famer. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xii, 177. 138 RURAL SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT 1 39 Bailey, L. H. The training of farmers. New York: The Century Company, 1909, pp. viii, 263. The former work treats of rural conditions, especially the abandoned farm problem, and of amelioration of conditions through accurate surveys of rural life, the redirection of rural institutions, the development of applicable education, and other means chiefly governmental. The latter work deals specifically with the opportunities of rural life, cultural and economic. Both works are exceptionally judicious, yet sympathetic. Butterfield, Kenyon L. Chapters in rural progress. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1908, pp. ix, 251. Analysis of the rural problem; rural reconstruction especially through personal initiative and organization by farmers. Ear- nest, broad and suggestive'. Plunkett, Sir Horace. The rural life problem of the United States. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1910, pp. xi, 174. " Notes of an Irish observer." An original treatment of American rural problems with emphasis on coordination of existing constructive agencies and business cooperation as means to solution. B. The United Kingdom The peculiar rural problems of the United Kingdom are treated extensively in the reports of the British Board of Agriculture and the Irish Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruc- tion. The important Small Holdings and Allotments Act, 1907, is obtainable in pamphlet form from Eyre & Spottiswoode, London: pp. xvii, 102. Historical data is to be found in the writings of Ashley, Cunningham, Rogers and Young (see Economic History). Cadbury, George, and Bryan, Tom. The land and the landless. London: Headley Brothers, 1908, pp. viii, 182. I40 SOCIAL SERVICE British rural conditions, historical and actual. An elementary treatment of small holdings, cooperation, agricultural educa- tion, etc. Illustration from the experience of Denmark. Bib- liography. Haggard, H. Rider. Rural England. 2 vols. London and New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1902, pp. xxv, 584; viii, 623. A voluminous " account of agricultural and social researches carried out in the years 1901 and 1902," in twenty-six counties of England. Chief available reference book for contemporary conditions. Conclusions offered, but no synthesis of the data collected. Plunkett, Sir Horace. Ireland in the new century. London: John Murray, 1905, pp. xviii, 340 (popular edition). The Irish problem: its remedies, political and private. A stimulating account of Irish rural development. C. Europe and America Meline, Jules. The return to the land. London: Chap- man & Hall, Ltd., 1906, pp. xxx, 240. Although occupied chiefly with return to the land as solution of urban problems and with especial reference to France, this work considers thoughtfully the general bearing on rural develop- ment of tariff, state aid, cooperation and education. Pratt, Edwin A. The organization of agriculture. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1904, pp. xi, 403. Pratt, Edwin A. Small holders: what they must do to succeed. London: P. S. King & Son, 1909, pp. vi, 247. The former work is an extensive treatment of the economic organization of farmers and of the transportation problem. The latter is a more compact study of cooperation as immediately applicable to British farmers. RURAL SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT I4I Vandervelde, Emile. L'exode rural et le retour aux champs. Paris: Felix Alcan, 1903, pp. 312. An original and valuable study of rural depopulation. II. Specific Problems Bibliographies of specific rural problems will be found in the " Cyclopedia of American Agriculture." A. Agricultural Economics Card, Fred W. Farm management. New York: Double- day, Page & Co., 1909, pp. xiii, 270. A useful and well-illustrated study of specific business prob- lems of agriculture. Fairchild, George T. Rural wealth and welfare. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1900, pp. xiii, 381. An elementary text-book in economics illustrated throughout from farm life. Taylor, Henry C. Agricultural economics. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. viii, 327. The best academic text-book in agricultural economics. B. Communism and Agriculture Kropotkin, P. The conquest of bread. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1907, pp. xiv, 281. A masterpiece of constructive anarchism prophesying com- munal intensive farming. Hinds, William Alfred. American communities and co- operative colonies. Chicago: Charles H. Kerr & Co., 1908, pp. 608. The chief compendium of information on American com- munistic settlements. Bibliographies. 142 SOCIAL SERVICE C. The Country Church A " selected bibliography on the country church problem," 8 pp., was published through the Country Church Association and the theological schools of New England in September, 1909. Henry K. Rowe, editor. Newton Theological Institution, Newton Centre, Mass. D. The Country School Publications of the National Education Association, the United States Commissioner of Education, and the Department of Agri- culture are important. See, also, Industrial Education. Foght, Harold Waldstein. The American rural school, its characteristics, its future and its problems. New York: 1910, pp. 361. A broad study of the rural school: its administration, super- vision and maintenance, with careful consideration of agricul- tural education, school gardens and the consolidation of rural schools. Kern, O. J. Among country schools. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1906, pp. 366. A simple, direct and stimulating study based largely on per- sonal experience as superintendent of schools in Winnebago County, Illinois. E. Intensive Cultivation of Small Holdings This matter is treated in British books of rural questions, in the works of M61ine and Kropotkin, and also in the literature of Unemployment and Housing (q. v.). Of propagandist works should be mentioned the compact and vigorous writings of Bolton Hall: " Three acres and liberty." New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907. " A little land and a living." New York: The Arcadia Press. (In many editions.) RURAL SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT 1 43 F. Socialism and Agriculture Kautsky, Karl. Die Agrarfrage: Eine Uebersicht uber die Tendenzen der modernen Landwirtschaft und die Agrarpolitik der Sozialdemokratie. Zweite Aufl. Stutt- gart: J. H. W. Dietz, Nachf., 1902, viii, 451 S. The chief socialist work on the rural problem. Simons, A. M. The American farmer. Chicago: Charles H. Kerr & Co., 1906, pp. 214. American rural problems treated thoughtfully from the socialist standpoint. IV. THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY i. INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION Paul H. Hanus There is now a considerable literature, in English, on industrial education. The following bibliography consists of a few books of most use to one who desires a general acquaintance with the whole field; and, as is noted below, it may also serve to lead him to books and monographs both of general and special significance if he desires to pursue his reading further. One of the books named (a pamphlet, " Bulletin No. 2 ") is itself a bibliography, and another (the " Twenty-sixth Annual Report, etc."), besides being a valuable study in the field of industrial education, also contains the best general bibliography of the subject up to the date of its publication. Several of the following titles, with the accompanying comments (with slight changes), are selected from this bibliography. The single title in the field of commercial education is inserted because of the intimate relation of commercial education to industrial education ; and the book named also contains an exten- sive bibliography covering the field of commercial education up to the date of its publication. Bulletins of the National Society for the Promotion of Industrial Education, Nos. 1 to 9, 1907 to 1909 inclu- sive. Matthew P. Adams, secretary, 20 West 44th Street, New York City. Of especial value are Bulletins No. 2 and No. 4. Bulletin No. 2, 1907, is a " Selected bibliography on industrial education," by Charles R. Richards, which is carefully annotated and trust- worthy. Bulletin No. 4, 1907, is a monograph on " Industrial training for women," by Florence M. Marshall, agent of the 144 INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 1 45 Massachusetts Commission on Industrial Education. This is a valuable study of the topic, under the following heads: The changed position of woman in industry; Opportunities of women in industry; What trade training is accomplishing; Suggested schemes for industrial training. Richards, Charles R. Industrial training. Twenty-sixth annual report of the New York State Bureau of Labor Statistics for the year ending September 30, 1908. Part I. Albany, N. Y., pp. 394. Very valuable. A study of the conditions of entrance and ad- vance in individual industries; the attitude of labor unions towards industrial and trade schools; comments by employers on industrial training; gives also the rules and agreements of labor unions with regard to apprentices and helpers; the laws of New York State relating to child labor, to compulsory edu- cation, apprenticeship and industrial education; and brief descriptions of institutions offering courses in industrial training in New York State, followed by an excellent annotated bibli- ography on industrial education. Trade and Technical Education. Seventeenth annual report of the United States Commissioner of Labor, 1902. Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 1333. A very comprehensive compilation of data relating to trade and technical education in the United States and Europe. A brief historical and analytical survey of the field and a descrip- tion of the various institutions and agencies for industrial train- ing in the United States. The attitude of employers, graduates and labor unions toward these institutions is analyzed at con- siderable length, with many important suggestions. A study, in considerable detail, of industrial education in Austria, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Great Britain, Hungary, Italy and Switzerland. (A synopsis of this report is published as a bulle- tin of the United States Bureau of Labor, No. 54, September, 1904. This synopsis is illustrated.) I46 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Report of the Massachusetts Commission on Industrial and Technical Education. Boston, 1906, pp. 196. (Re- printed by Teachers' College, New York.) An important study of the actual conditions under which children in Massachusetts enter the industries, the demands of the industries on them, the opportunities for advancement and the relation of the school to the whole problem. Recommendations of the Commission, which include a legislative bill providing for the appointment of a State Commission on Industrial Education. Massachusetts Commission on Industrial Education. First, second and third reports. Boston, 1907, 1908, 1909. The first report gives an account of the policy adopted by the Commission as the result of numerous public meetings and con- ferences in different cities and towns of the state; the second report contains a detailed description of the investigations of the Commission in the United States and Europe; and the third report contains a list of the schools founded in various cities and towns of the state. (The Commission on Industrial Educa- tion has ceased to exist. Its work is now merged with the work of the reorganized State Board of Education.) Industrial Education. An investigation and report by a special committee of the American Federation of Labor. Reports of officers and committees; the attitude of organized labor and others toward the problem; a glossary of definitions; labor's bill for Congressional enactment. First edition. Washington, D. C: Pub- lished by the American Federation of Labor, 801-809 G Street Northwest, 1910, pp. 69. This is the latest and most complete discussion of industrial education by organized labor that has been published. It is particularly valuable in showing the growing interest of organ- ized labor in industrial education and the attitude of organized labor toward the whole problem of industrial education. INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 147 Hanus, Paul H. Beginnings in industrial education. Bos- ton: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1908, pp. 199. A study by the chairman of the Massachusetts Commission on Industrial Education of the economic and educational bearings of industrial education, and an account of the work and policies of the Commission. Contains also two addresses : What kind of industrial education is needed? and Industrial education and social progress; and a chapter on the Industrial continuation schools of Munich. Person, Harlow S. Industrial education. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1907, pp. 86. An interesting analytical and comparative study of the in- ferior natural resources of Germany compensated for by an efficient system of industrial education, and of the superior physical resources of the United States impaired by the absence of industrial education, together with constructive suggestions for the extension of our public school system so as to include separate schools for industrial education. In two parts. Part I : The need of a system of industrial education in the United States; Part II: An outline of a system of industrial education for the United States. Snedden, David. The problem of vocational education. Riverside educational monographs. Boston: Hough- ton, Mifflin Company, 1910, pp. 86. The best recent presentation, in brief compass, of the whole subject of vocational education. The several sections of the book deal with definitions of a liberal education, vocational education, the need of vocational education, state support of vocational education, types of vocational education, pedagogical divisions of vocational education, the order and arrangement of the pedagogic stages in vocational education, the relation of vocational education to manual training, problems of interme- diate or introductory vocational education, problem of women in industry, problems of agricultural education, problems of administration, miscellaneous problems, the support of voca- 148 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY tional education, the teaching force, the relation of vocational to cultural education, and types of schools. Each of these topics is discussed briefly, but very suggestively. Gillette, John M. Vocational education. American Book Company, pp. 303. A general discussion of education from the social point of view, including vocational education as such; divided into three parts : Part I, The educational renaissance; Part II, Social demands on education; and Part III, Methods of socialization. Each of these parts deals with the subject from various points of view. In Part I are discussed the vocational movement and concept; some accomplished results; the reaction on education and the school. In Part II, society and the individual; democracy and its imperatives; importance of the economic interest in society and its significance for education; pathological demands on education; the social end of education and other ends; state education and religion. In Part III, criterion of socialization; socialization of the program of studies; and the socialization of subjects. Industrial Education in Germany. Special consular reports, Vol. XXXIII, United States Department of Commerce and Labor. Washington : Government Printing Office, 1905, pp. 147. An important, comprehensive description of the industrial education system of Germany (including a brief but valuable account of certain commerical schools) , showing the evolution of industrial schools, their relation to the general system of educa- tion and to industrial life, the character of the students, nature of curricula, methods of instruction, manner of financial support and relation to government aid. The attitude of the German people and government towards industrial education. Trades for London Boys and How to Enter Them. Com- piled by the Apprenticeship and Skilled Employment INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION I49 Association. London: Longmans, Green & Co., 1908, pp. 170. An analysis of the economic and physical conditions surround- ing the skilled trades in London, the methods of entering the trades, the nature of the work, qualifications needed to succeed, and opportunities for advancement. Women's Trades. Report of the Education Committee, London County Council. London: King, 1908, pp. 41. A study of the trades in which women are engaged in the city of London as to wages, nature of work, opportunities and need for technical education therein. Sadler, M. E., editor. Continuation schools in England and elsewhere. Manchester: University Press, 1908, pp. 799. Mr. Sadler has himself written a considerable portion of the volume. Very valuable. The most comprehensive account, to date, of continuation schools in England, Scotland, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, France and the United States. Davenport, E. Education for efficiency. Boston: D. C. Heath & Co., 1909, pp. 184. A plea for industrial and agricultural education in existing high schools. Contends that separate schools for industrial education will tend to promote undesirable social segregations. Especially interesting for students of agricultural education. Free Publications of the Department of Agriculture Classi- fied for the Use of Teachers. D. J. Crosby and F. W. Howe, United States Department of Agriculture, Office of Experiment Stations, Circular 94, issued February 28, 1910, pp. 29. Under the heading " Educational," pp. 8-9, titles are given following the classification: (1) School courses and (2) School extension work. A useful pamphlet for the teacher or the lay reader. 150 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Report of the Country Life Commission, Sixtieth Congress, Second Session. Senate Document No. 705, transmitted February 9, 1909, section 8, pp. 53-56. Reprinted, as " Need of a Redirected Education," for free distribu- tion by the Spokane (Wash.) Chamber of Commerce. Very valuable, pp. 61. Hays, Willet M. Agriculture, industries and home eco- nomics in our public schools. An illustrated address delivered before the Department of Superintendence of the National Education Association, at Washington, D. C, February 25, 1908, pp. 37. Separate agricultural schools and consolidated rural or village schools are stoutly advocated, together with federal aid therefor. Herrick, Cheesman A. The meaning and practice of com- mercial education. New York: The Macmillan Com- pany, 1904, pp. 378. The first two chapters discuss the scope and aims of a real commercial education, and the remaining chapters deal with a description of secondary and higher schools of commerce in Germany, Austria, France, Belgium, England (with constant reference to the lessons they may teach us in the United States) and the United States. Two important appendices are given; the first contains statistics of commercial curricula for schools of commerce, illustrative examination questions in the field of commercial education in England and the United States; and the second consists of twenty pages of titles of a" Selected Bibliography." 2. LABOR LEGISLATION Robert F. Foerster Although this section embraces some special works, besides works of a general inclusive character, it must be supplemented by the bibliographies on " Industrial Conciliation and Arbitra- tion," " Trade Unionism," etc. Its references to the conditions of labor must be supplemented by various titles described under Social Investigation, e.g., The Pittsburgh Survey. It omits the subject of industrial accidents, which is contained under Social Insurance. The authoritative information on legislation is to be sought chiefly in government publications. A descriptive list of these, for all important countries, has been published by the German Imperial Statistical Office, as " Die Fortschritte der amtlichen Arbeitsstatistik in den wichtigsten Staaten " (Berlin: Carl Hey- mann, Part I, 1904, pp.viii, 212, and Part II, 1908, viii, 276 S.). An annual record of labor legislation, with descriptions of important laws, has been published since 1897 by the Belgian Labor Office, as " Annuaire de la legislation du travail"; an index to the first ten volumes appeared in 1 906. More recent than this, but as good, is the " Bulletin of the International Labor Office," published at quarterly intervals, since 1902 in French and German, since 1906 in English also. (The other valuable publications of the International Association for LaborLegislation are described in Bulletin No. 86 of the United States Bureau of Labor, pp. 169-184). For the United States, both state and national sources are important. Thirty-four states, beginning with Massachusetts in 1869, have established labor bureaus. Nearly always they pub- lish annual reports and, sometimes, at briefer intervals, bulle- tins, but for only a few states are their publications of a high character. Reports of factory inspection are sometimes in- 151 152 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY eluded in the annual reports, sometimes published separately. Of more general importance than these state documents are the " Annual Reports," occasional " Special Reports " and bimonthly " Bulletins " of the United States Bureau of Labor, established in 1884. These deal with labor conditions and with court and statute law on labor; they sometimes describe noteworthy foreign legislation, and generally review currently important foreign statistical publications. The present labor laws of the United States and of the several states are reproduced in the " Twenty-second annual report of the United States Commissioner of Labor," entitled " Labor Laws of the United States, with decisions of courts relating thereto " (Washington: Government Printing Office, 1908, pp. 1562). In this volume the laws are listed by states, but an ample index makes interstate comparison easy. The legislation of 1908 and 1909 is fully recorded in Bulletin No. 85 of the United States Bureau of Labor; to facilitate study of changes in the laws, the index includes parallel page references to the Annual Report just mentioned. Of special articles in the Bulletins, not further described in this list, the more useful include: Child labor in the United States, No. 52; Laws relating to child labor in European coun- tries, No. 59; A short history of labor legislation in Great Britain, No. 70; Laws relating to the employment of women and children, No. 73; Laws relating to factory inspection and the health and safety of employees, No. 73; Industrial hygiene, No. 75 ; Woman and child wage-earners in Great Britain, No. 80; and Mortality from consumption in occupations exposing to municipal and general organic dust, No. 82. Other countries issue publications, at monthly intervals, similar to the Bulletin of the Bureau of Labor of the United States. These discuss labor conditions, new labor laws, domestic and foreign, and the operation of laws. The principal ones, and their first year of issue, are, for Great Britain and Ireland, the Labour Gazette, 1893; for Canada, the Labour Gazette, 1900; for France, Bulletin de V Office du Travail, 1894; for Belgium, Revue du Travail, 1896; for Austria, Soziale Rundschau, 1900; and for Germany, Reichs-Arbeitsblatt, 1903. LABOR LEGISLATION 153 American Association for Labor Legislation. Publications. New York. Since its organization in 1906 as a section of the International Association, this society has published a number of papers of considerable value, especially summary compilations of laws on such topics as industrial education, woman labor and child labor. It conducts a department of labor legislation in The Survey. United States Industrial Commission. Report. 19 vols. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1 900-1 902. Based on hearings and special investigation, much valuable material is here presented. Phases of labor conditions are dis- cussed and the labor laws of the United States and of Europe in 1900 are conveniently set forth. Though the lapse of years begins to give the report chiefly an historical value, much of its information has not yet been superseded. Stimson,. F. J. Handbook to the labor law of the United States. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1896, pp. xxii, 385. In its day the best general treatise on American law; still aids in interpreting subsequent changes. Pic, Paul. Traite elementaire de legislation industrielle — les lois ouvrieres. Troisieme edition. Paris: Arthur Rousseau, 1909, pp. xiii, 1121. An excellent text-book, comprehensive, well-arranged, but dealing mainly with France. M&tin, Albert. Les traites ouvriers. Paris: Armand Colin, 1908, pp. xvi, 272. A clear, succinct view of international labor conventions; historical and interpretative. Hutchins, B. L., and Harrison, A. A history of factory legislation. Westminster: P. S. King & Son, 1903, pp. xviii, 372. 154 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY The only systematic and full account of the origin and develop- ment of English factory legislation, from the law of 1802 to that of 1 90 1. There is an elaborate appendix on the course of women's wages in the nineteenth century and a copious bib- liography. Its procedure is conscientious, its presentation con- crete and concise, and its style fresh. Taylor, R. W. Cooke. The factory system and the factory acts. London: Methuen & Co., 1894, pp. viii, 184. A good survey, neither so thorough nor so recent as Hutchins and Harrison. Of special interest in connection with the au- thor's larger " Introduction to a history of the factory system" (London: Richard Bentley & Son, 1886, pp. xviii, 441). Kelley, Florence. Some ethical gains by legislation. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. x, 341. The legal problem of child and woman laborers is ably and pointedly discussed by the General Secretary of the National Consumers' League. Abbott, Edith. Women in industry. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1910, pp. xxii, 409. An efficient account of the historical course of woman labor in the United States, with a discussion of the general problem of the economic position of woman workers. Illinois Supreme Court. Appeal of W. C. Ritchie & Co. v, J. E. W. Wayman and Edgar T. Davies. Brief and argument for appellants, by Louis D. Brand eis. Spring- field, 111.: 1909, pp. iv, 610. A remarkable collection of extracts from official and non- official publications of a large number of countries, cited to defend a maximum ten-hour day of labor for women. They have been translated when originally in a foreign language, and are conveniently classified by their bearing. Incidentally, they are a valuable bibliographical guide to the general subject of woman labor. LABOR LEGISLATION 155 United States Library of Congress. List of books relating to child labor. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1906, pp. 66. A comprehensive list of books and articles, with some classi- fication. National Child Labor Committee. New York: 1906-. Proceedings of annual meetings have been published annu- ally since 1905 in New York. Many of the papers supply original information and are suggestive. Adams, Thomas Sewall, and Sumner, Helen L. Labor problems. Third edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. xv, 579. Various chapters of this well-known text-book describe in simple terms labor conditions and legislation. Rae, John. Eight hours for work. New York: The Mac- millan Company, 1894, pp. xii, 340. Good for its careful and suggestive inductive argument. Whittelsey, Sarah Scovill. Massachusetts labor legis- lation. Philadelphia: American Academy of Political and Social Science, 1901, pp. 157. A valuable study, partly historical, but mainly treating of the effects, economic and other, of labor legislation. The following studies, devoted, like the last named, to indi- vidual states, are historical, expository and interpretative. Fairchild, F. R. The factory legislation of the state of New York. Publications of the American Economic Association, November, 1905, pp. iv, 218. Barnard, J. Lynn. Factory legislation in Pennsylvania. Philadelphia: Published for the University of Penn- sylvania, 1907, pp. xi, 178. 156 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Towles, John K. Factory legislation of Rhode Island. Publications of the American Economic Association, October, 1908, pp. vii, 119. Downey, E. H. History of labor legislation in Iowa. Iowa City: State Historical Society, 1910, pp. x, 283. 3. UNEMPLOYMENT AND VAGRANCY Robert F. Foerster I. Unemployment' The valuable literature on unemployment is of recent date. Its development has been contemporaneous with and largely dependent upon the increased collection of labor statistics by public authorities during the last fifteen years. Fluctuations of employment are recorded in the periodical publications of the labor bureaus of nearly all leading countries and of some Ameri- can states. (See list on Labor Legislation.) These are often based upon, or may be supplemented by, the reports of public employment bureaus in Europe and the United States. In- creased sensibility, further, to the hardships and consequences of unemployment has doubtless inspired much study. So the English Poor Law Commission of 1905 was explicitly directed to inquire into " distress arising from want of employment." Its reports, both majority and minority, laid unprecedented emphasis on the connection of unemployment with poverty; and, with their appendix volumes, constitute to-day one of the leading references on the subject. This and other works nota- ble in the present connection, such as Howarth and Wilson's " West Ham," are described in the section on Social Investiga- tion. A. In English Taylor, F. Isabel. A bibliography of unemployment and the unemployed. London: P. S. King & Son, 1909, pp. xix, 71. A comprehensive and useful list of books, articles and reports, mainly in English, arranged chronologically and by subjects, and indexed by authors, but not otherwise described. i57 158 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Beveridge, W. H. Unemployment, a problem of industry. (1909.) Second edition. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1910, pp. xvi, 323. A profound study of the nature and causes of unemployment. Though the personal factor in unemployment is important, the author concludes, the problem proceeds mainly from the in- dustrial fact that " the demand for labor . . . varies inces- santly in volume, distribution and character." The logical remedy is by industrial organization, which may take various forms. For thoroughness and discrimination in procedure and for persuasiveness of argument, combined with a simple, earnest and engaging style, this book ranks high among books in eco- nomics and supersedes its predecessors in its field. Chapman, S. J., and Hallsworth, H. M. Unemployment in Lancashire. Manchester: The University Press, 1909, pp. xiii, 164. A good discussion of causes and remedies, in which Lancashire plays an illustrative rather than essential part. Dearle, Norman B. Problems of unemployment in the London building trades. London: J. M. Dent & Co., 1908, pp. xix, 215. A valuable intensive study of a trade everywhere character- ized by irregularity of employment. Bliss, W. D. P. What is done for the unemployed in European countries. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 76, May, 1908, pp. 741-934. Schloss, D. F. Report to the Board of Trade on agencies and methods for dealing with the unemployed in cer- tain foreign countries. London: 1904, pp. xi, 236. Two comprehensive surveys of remedies tried and results achieved, with, however, no attempt to generalize conclusions. Schloss proceeds by countries, Bliss by types of unemployment, and his data are usually later than those of Schloss. UNEMPLOYMENT AND VAGRANCY 1 59 Kellor, Frances A. Out of work; a study of employ- ment agencies: their treatment of the unemployed, and their influence upon homes and business. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1904, pp. vii, 292. An illuminating account, based upon careful investigation in several states, of the operation and abuses of intelligence offices and employment agencies. Conner, J. E. Free public employment offices in the United States. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulle- tin No. 68, January, 1907, pp. 1-115. A good description and discussion, needing to be supple- mented by accounts of systems more recently established. Devine, Edward T. Report on the desirability of estab- lishing an employment bureau in the city of New York. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 1909, pp. 238. From an examination of the conditions of maladjustment and of present ways of meeting it, and from a review of letters from twenty economists, employers and others, the author concludes that a bureau in New York, connected with other parts of the United States, should be established. The work is suggestive rather than thorough. Schloss, David F. Insurance against unemployment. London: P. S. King & Son, 1909, pp. x, 132. The best recent survey in English of Continental experience in insurance against unemployment. The conclusion emerges that an insurance plan, to be successful, should be national, should be organized by trades, and should operate in connection with labor registries. Massachusetts. Report of the Board to investigate the sub- ject of the unemployed. Boston, 1895. Part I, Relief measures, pp. lviii, 206. Part II, Wayfarers and Tramps, pp. xxiii, 100. Part III, Public works, pp. 160 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY xiii, 122. Part IV, Causes, pp. lxiii, 24. Part V, Final Report, pp. lxiii, 130. This commission report on the unemployment of the winter of 1 893-1 894 is one of the few noteworthy American contribu- tions to the literature of unemployment. Willoughby, William F. The measurement of unem- ployment: a statistical study. Yale Review. August, 1901, pp. 188-202; November, 1901, pp. 268-297. Nearing, Scott. The extent of unemployment in the United States. Quarterly publications of the American Statistical Association, September, 1909, pp. 525-542. These two articles utilize the rather meager statistical data of the United States. Willoughby uses also foreign figures. B. In French and German Deutsches Reich. Kaiserliches Statistisches Amt. Die bestehenden Einrichtungen zur Versicherung gegen die Folgen der Arbeitslosigkeit im Ausland und im Deut- schen Reich. 3 Teile. Berlin: Heymann, 1906, vii, 691; vii, 291; vi, 468 S. A rich mine of information. Part I is a history, description and discussion of experiments, of whatever country, in insurance against unemployment. Part II deals with the labor exchanges (the natural complement of an insurance plan), both public and private, of Germany. Part III is a statistical and docu- mentary supplement to Parts I and II. The work is most con- veniently arranged, with marginal guides to paragraphs, and the bibliographies are valuable. Las Cases, Ph. de. Lechdmage. Paris: Lecoffre, 1909, pp. xvi, 191. Almost wholly devoted to the subject of insurance against unemployment, and of this subject probably the best brief discussion. There is a selected and classified bibliography. UNEMPLOYMENT AND VAGRANCY l6l Reitzenstein, J. Freiherr v. Der Arbeitsnachweis. Ber- lin: Heymann, 1897, xi, 586 S. A work of established reputation, strong in its historical and comparative treatment. The long documentary appendix is of much interest. Conrad, Carl. Die Organisation des Arbeitsnachweises in Deutschland. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1904, xx, 464 S. An excellent systematic account, descriptive, historical and critical, of public and private labor exchanges in Germany. Lauer, Fritz. Die Praxis des offentlichen Arbeitsnach- weises. Berlin: Georg Reimer, 1908, 94 S. An outline, prepared for the Verband deutscher Arbeitsnach- weise, of the most approved organization of public employment exchanges. The publications of the Verband (Berlin: Hey- mann, 1899-), especially the proceedings of the congresses held at intervals of two or three years, contain interesting studies. Lazard, Max. Le chomage et la profession. Paris: Alcan, 1909, pp. 379. A painstaking investigation of the occupational coefficient of unemployment. II. Vagrancy Incidental treatment of this subject is accorded by several of the general studies in unemployment described above. The slight American literature on the subject includes also short articles that have appeared from time to time in The Survey and in the " Proceedings of the National Conference of Charities and Correction." Dawson, William Harbutt. The vagrancy problem. London: P. S. King & Son, 1910, pp. xv, 270. A good discussion of the methods of treatment of England, Germany, Switzerland and Belgium, and of the recommenda- tions of three recent British .commissions which have studied vagrancy. 1 62 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Carlile, Wilson, and Carlile, Victor W. The Conti- nental outcast. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1906, pp. ix, 143. A description of Belgian, Dutch, German and Danish treat- ment. Great Britain. Departmental Committee on Vagrancy. Report, Volume I, London, 1906, pp. vi, 123. Although this excellent discussion of problems makes refer- ence primarily to England, it includes a study of Continental methods, and contains much of general significance. Alden, Percy, and Hayward, Edward E. The unemploy- able and the unemployed. London: Headley Broth- ers, 1908, pp. 155. A handbook for popular instruction, laying main stress, despite its title, on the problems of the degraded unemployed. Kelly, Edmond. The elimination of the tramp. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1908, pp. xxii, in. An effective argument for the introduction into American states of forced and free labor colonies similar to those of Swit- zerland. Flynt, Josiah. Tramping with tramps. New York: The Century Company, 1901, pp. xvi, 398. " A picture of the tramp world, with incidental reference to causes and occasional suggestion of remedies." (Author's Note, p. ix.) An interesting record of experience and direct observa- tion, partly in Europe, mainly in the United States. Higgs, Mary. Glimpses into the abyss. London: P. S. King & Son, 1906, pp. xiv, 331. Pictures and studies based on several years of close observa- tion of vagrants in various parts of England. Marie, Dr., et Meunier, Raymond. Les vagabonds. Paris: Giard et Briere, 1908, pp. xv, 333. Mainly a psychological study of abnormal types. 4. MUNICIPAL OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL OF PUBLIC UTILITIES Arthur N. Holcombe *Brees, Ernest. Les regies et les concessions communales en Belgique. Bruxelles: Misch et Thron, 1906, pp. xxviii, 541. A careful study of the results of municipal ownership and regulation in Belgium. The author concludes that the former policy has given the more satisfactory results in the past and promises more for the future. Bullock, Charles J. The capitalization of public service corporations in Massachusetts. Publications of the American Economic Association, Vol. X, No. 1, 1909, pp. 384-430. A critical examination of the Massachusetts policy of controlling public service corporations through the control of their capitali- zation. *Darwin, Leonard. Municipal trade. London: John Murray, 1903, pp. xxiv, 464. A thorough theoretical consideration of the policy of municipal ownership by an opponent of that policy. Darwin, Leonard. Municipal ownership. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1907, pp. xv, 149. A restatement of the main conclusions of the author's earlier book in briefer compass for American readers. Eastman, Joseph B. The public utilities commissions of Massachusetts. Proceedings of the Pittsburgh Con- ference foi Good City Government, and the fourteenth 163 I64 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY annual meeting of the National Municipal League, 1908, pp. 288-307. Expert explanation of the object and nature of the Massa- chusetts legislation for the control of public utilities. Howe, Frederick C. The city, the hope of democracy. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1905, pp. xiii, 369. " An attempt at the Economic Interpretation of the City." " The corruption, . .. . the poverty, vice, crime and disease, are . . . traceable to our institutions." "Their correction . . . is a matter of industrial democracy," that is, in the view of the author, of municipal ownership. Howe, Frederick C. The British city, the beginnings of democracy. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1907, pp. xvi, 370. The author sees in the progress of municipal ownership in Great Britain the genesis of that industrial democracy which he discusses as an ideal in his earlier volume. The two volumes together constitute an eloquent plea for municipal ownership. *Lindemann, Hugo. Arbeiterpolitik und Wirtschafts- pflege in der deutschen Staedteverwaltungen. 2 Bde. Stuttgart: J. H. W. Dietz, Nachf., 1904, 468, 405 S. A detailed study of the methods of regulating public service corporations in German cities, and comparison of the results of municipal and private operation and of the condition of the wage-earners in municipal and private employment. The author is a prominent German socialist. Meyer, Balthazzar H. The Wisconsin public utilities law. Proceedings of the Pittsburgh Conference for Good City Government, and the fourteenth annual meeting of National Municipal League, 1908, pp. 257-268. Expert explanation of the object and nature of the Wisconsin law of 1907. MUNICIPAL OWNERSHIP 1 65 Meyer, Hugo R. Municipal ownership in Great Britain. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. xii, 340. A presentation of the " results of the author's examination of the actual working " of the public regulation and of the muni- cipal ownership and operation of public utilities in Great Britain. " The doctrine " (of municipal ownership), in the opinion of the author, has " worked disastrously " (p. 323). *National Civic Federation. Report on the municipal and private operation of public utilities. 3 vols. New York: The National Civic Federation, 1907. A well-devised and well-executed attempt "' to determine impartially and scientifically the relative merits of private and public ownership and operation of public utilities " (p. 12). It is the best single work '' upon which to found discussions and conclusions for the guidance of future policy " with respect to the problems of public ownership. Osborne, Thomas M. The New York public service com- missions. Proceedings of the Pittsburgh Conference for Good City Government, and the fourteenth annual meeting of the National Municipal League, 1908, pp. 269-287. Printed also in Publications of the Ameri- can Economic Association, Vol. IX, No. 1, 1908, pp. 238, ff. Expert explanation of the object and nature of the New York law of 1907. Pond, Oscar L. Municipal control of public utilities. New York: Columbia University Press, 1906, pp. 115. A discussion of the legal aspects of the problem. The author's investigation reveals an increasing tendency on the part of the courts to recognize cities " as possessing powers which at one time would probably not have been regarded as theirs " (p. 9). Rowe, Leo S. Problems of municipal government. New York : D. Appleton & Co., 1908, pp. 358. 1 66 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Chapters X-XIV contain a discussion of the relation of the city to public utilities. " Civic improvement in the United States has followed in the wake of new responsibilities, and there is every indication that the experience with municipal ownership will prove no exception to the rule " (p. 349). Shaw, G. Bernard. The common-sense of municipal trad- ing. Second edition. London: A. C. Fifield, 1908, pp. xii, 120. A brilliant and very suggestive discussion of municipal owner- ship by the well-known Fabian socialist. "The conclusion of this statement of the case for municipal trading leaves the reader still at the beginning of the subject, but, it is hoped, in an intelligent and unbewildered attitude " (p. 115). Towler, W. G. Socialism in local government. Second edition. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909, pp. xiii, 336. " By furnishing some definite view of . . . socialism in local government ... by indicating the evil consequences of the movement, and offering suggestions of an alternative policy, the author hopes to help . . . that large section of the com- munity which is only now slowly apprehending the new move- ment and is preparing . . . for a dogged, prolonged and bitter resistance to it " (p. vi). More fair-minded and serviceable than most controversial literature. *Wilcox, Delos F. Municipal franchises. New York: Engineering News Book Department, 1910-n. Vol. I, Introductory, pipe and wire franchises, 19 10, pp. xix, 710; Vol. II [to be published in 191 1]. A description of the terms and conditions upon which private corporations enjoy special privileges in the streets of American cities. Private operation of public utilities " is indefensible unless it is accompanied by the same benefits that would accrue to the public if these utilities were operated by an efficient instru- mentality of government actuated solely by the desire to pro- mote the public welfare " (p. viii). 5 . THE ECONOMICS OF SOCIALISM Thomas Nixon Carver I. Utopias Plato. The republic. A dialogue on justice, in which the philosopher pictures an ideal state. More, Sir Thomas. Utopia, 1516. A \3escription of an ideal commonwealth, supposed to have been discovered on the coast of South America by one of the followers of Americus Vespucius. Bacon, Sir Francis. New Atlantis, 1629. A fragment. Campanella, Tommaso. The city of the sun, 1637. A highly idealistic picture, sufficiently divorced from all appearances of reality to render it harmless. Cabet, Etienne. Voyage en Icarie, 1840. Of special interest to Americans because the author led a group of colonists to the United States and established there a communistic society, first at Nauvoo, 111., and later at Icaria, near Corning, la. Gronlund, Laurence. A cooperative commonwealth; an exposition of modern socialism. Fourth edition, 1884. London: Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., 1892, pp. 265. The first of a large crop of recent Utopian works. Bellamy, Edward. Looking backward, 2000-1887. Bos- ton: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1888, pp. 470. The most widely read in America of all the Utopian works. 167 1 68 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Morris, William. News from nowhere, or an epoch of rest ; being some chapters from a Utopian romance. London : Reeves & Turner, 1890, pp. 238. Probably the most hopelessly idealistic of all such works. Wells, George H. A modern Utopia. New York : Charles Scribner's Sons, 1907, pp. xi, 393. Probably the only Utopian work since Plato's " Republic " which frankly recognizes the population problem and tries to deal with it. II. Communistic Experiments Noyes, John H. History of American socialisms. Phila- delphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1870, pp. vi, 678. The author was the founder of the Oneida community. He had put into his hands for editing and publication the manu- script of A. J. MacDonald, who had made a personal investiga- tion of every communistic society then known to exist on American soil. Nordhoff, Charles. The communistic societies of the United States from personal visit and observation; including detailed accounts of the Economists, Zoarites, Shakers, the Amana, Oneida, Bethel Aurora, Icarian and other existing societies, their religious creeds, social practices, numbers, industries and present conditions. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1875, pp. 439- Hinds, William A. American communities. Revised edi- tion. Chicago: Charles H. Kerr & Co., 1908, pp. 562. The latest and most authentic account of all the known com- munistic societies in America. Codman, John T. History of the Brook Farm; historic and personal memoirs. Boston: Arena Publishing Com- pany, 1894, pp. viii, 335. THE ECONOMICS OF SOCIALISM 1 69 Shaw, Albert. Icaria. New York : G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1884, pp. ix, 219. Written before the break-up of the Icarian community, from personal investigation and inspection. Landis, George B. The society of the Separatist of Zoar, annual report of the American Historical Association, 1898. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1899, pp. 163-221. Written just before the disintegration of the Zoar society, from personal investigation and observation. III. History op Socialistic Doctrines Ely, Richard T. French and German socialism. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1883, pp. 274. The most readable account in English of the development of socialistic thought in continental Europe since the French revolution. Rae, John. Contemporary socialism. Third enlarged edi- tion. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1901, pp. 568. This work brings the subject down to a later period than does Ely's account. It is also a more voluminous treatment. Peixotto, Jessica. The French revolution and modern French socialism. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1901, pp. xv, 409. Perhaps the most discriminating comparison of the two schools of socialism in France, where the dominant school would scarcely be recognized as socialistic by American and German socialists. Hillquit, Morris. History of socialism in the United States. New York: Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1903, pp. 37i. An exceedingly laudatory account, but instructive never- theless. 170 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Guthrie, William B. Socialism before the French revo- lution. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xviii, 339. A review of socialistic thought from Thomas More to the radi- cals of the French revolution. Stoddart, Jane T. The new socialism. New York : George H. Doran Company, 1910, pp. 271. Rather discursive, but gives a good idea of the present tend- ency of socialistic thought. IV. In Advocacy of Socialism Laveleye, Emile de. The socialism of to-day. Translated by Goddard H. Orpen. London: Field & Iver [1884], pp. viii, 331. Includes under socialism a great deal which the Marxian socialist would reject. Marx, Karl. Capital, a critical analysis of capitalist pro- duction. Translated by Samuel Moore and Edward Aveling. London: Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., 1889, pp. xxxi, 816. The " bible of socialism." Marx, Karl, and Engels, Frederick. The communist manifesto. New York: Socialist Co-operative Pub- lishing Association, 1901, pp. 46. The beginning of the present type of socialist propaganda. Shaw, G. Bernard, editor. Fabian essays in socialism. London: Walter Scott [1890], pp. 233. A series of essays by such writers as G. Bernard Shaw, Annie Besant, Graham Wallas and others. THE ECONOMICS OF SOCIALISM 171 Engels, Frederick. Socialism, Utopian and scientific. Translated by Edward Aveling. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1892, pp. xxxix, 117. By scientific socialism is meant the socialism of Karl Marx and his followers. Bernstein, Edward. Ferdinand Lassalle. Translated by Eleanor Marx Aveling. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1893, pp. xiv, 192. The author is the leader of the " higher critics " of the socialist school in Germany, which rejects much of the Marxian theory, while adhering to the social democratic program. Bliss, W. D. P. A handbook of socialism. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1895, pp. viii, 291. A collection of information about socialism. Apparently in- tended as a " campaign book " for socialist propagandists. Hyndman, Henry M. The economics of socialism. Second edition. London, 1896, pp. 257. An attempt to reconstruct the economic basis of socialism. The author's economic theories are erroneous, but they illustrate very well the kind of reasoning upon which socialists base their claims. Vandervelde, Emile. Collectivism and industrial revolu- tion. Chicago: Charles H. Kerr & Co., 1904, pp. 199. An excellent presentation, by a socialist of the more rational type, of the general theory of international socialism. Spargo, John. Socialism. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. xvi, 257. Probably the most authoritative statement, in popular form, of the immediate aims of American socialism. Mackaye, James. The economy of happiness. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1906, pp. xv, 533. 172 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Probably the only socialistic work since Marx' " Capital " which seriously tries to lay the foundations of socialism on the recognized principles of economics. As Marx tried to build on the economics of Ricardo, Mackaye tries to build on the eco- nomics of the modern school. MacDonald, J. Ramsay. Socialism and government. London: T. C. and E. C. Jack, 1907, pp. vi, 107. Probably the best presentation of the actual working theory of Fabian or English socialism. Wells, George H. New worlds for old. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. vii, 333. A daring and ingenious form of propagandism. V. Expository and Critical Schaffle, Albert. The quintessence of socialism. Trans- lated under supervision of Bernard Bosanquet. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1902, pp. viii, 127. Perhaps the most thorough-going criticism to be found, but not easy to read. Schaffle, Albert. The impossibility of social democracy. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1892, pp. xx, 419. This is a supplement to the " Quintessence of socialism." Ely, Richard T. Socialism : an examination of its nature, strength and weakness. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1894, pp. xiii, 449. An eminently fair and sympathetic statement of the pros and cons. Bohm-Bawerk, Eugen von. Karl Marx and the close of his system. Translated by H. M. Macdonald. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1898, pp. 221. Shows very clearly that Marx built on an antiquated system of economics. THE ECONOMICS OF SOCIALISM 173 Gonner, Edward C. The socialist philosophy of Rod- bertus. London: Macmillan & Co., 1899, pp. 234. A sympathetic study, contrasting Rodbertus with Marx, to the advantage of the former. Le Rossignol, James E. Orthodox socialism: a criticism. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1907, pp. vii, 147. By " orthodox " socialism is meant the socialism of Karl Marx. The various tenets of the socialist creed are examined critically. 6. THE ETHICS OF SOCIALISM Ray M. McConnell I. Socialism and the Family A. The Socialist Attitude Upon questions of marriage and the family, individual social- ists, like other people, have diverse opinions. It would of course be folly to try to saddle all socialism with the utterances of one or even of many socialists. The following references must be understood, therefore, not as indicative of the necessary attitude of socialists, but only as indicative of the proposals of those writers who do advocate socialization of the family. Bebel, August. Woman in the past, present and future. Translated from the German by H. B. Adams Walther. London: William Reeves, 1894, pp. 264. Perhaps the most important book on this subject. It is an exceedingly good exposition of socialism, both in the economic order and in the family. "The gratification of the sexual impulse is as strictly the personal affair of the individual as the gratification of every other natural instinct. No one has to give an account of him or her self, and no third person has the slightest right of intervention. Intelligence, culture and inde- pendence will direct and facilitate a right choice. Should in- compatibility, disappointment' and dislike ensue, morality demands the dissolution of a tie that has become unnatural and therefore immoral. . . . The state of society will have removed the many drawbacks and disturbing elements which influ- ence the married life of to-day and so often prevent it from reaching its full development." Heinzen, Karl. The rights of women and the sexual relations. Chicago: Charles H. Kerr & Co., 1898, pp. xi, 385. J 74 THE ETHICS OF SOCIALISM 175 A most radical and thoroughgoing advocacy of liberty in the sexual relations and of the independence of woman. " The free common-sense conception of marriage, and with it also of divorce, is everywhere still suppressed by the theological conception of the relationship between man and woman. According to the theological conception, marriage is in itself a hallowed relation- ship, and this abstract relation in itself, not the real happiness and interest of those who constitute it, is the chief object. Marriage is to be upheld even if the married persons perish in it. Adherents of the official and theological morality will feel in duty bound to grow indignant over the claim that in reality there is no such thing as adultery." Carpenter, Edward. Love's coming of age. A series of papers on the relations of the sexes. London : Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., 1903, pp. vi, 168. A plea, beautiful in tone, for freedom in sex-relations. " The narrow physical passion of jealousy, the petty sense of private property in another person, social opinion, and legal enact- ments, have all converged to choke and suffocate wedded love in egoism, lust and meanness. The perfect union must have perfect freedom for its condition. Marriage must not be ham- pered by legal, conventional or economic considerations. Odious is the present law which binds people together for life, without scruple, and in the most artificial and ill-assorted unions. When mankind has solved the industrial problem so far that the products of our huge mechanical forces have become a common heritage, and no man or woman is the property slave of another, human unions will take place according to their own inner and true laws. The family will expand into the fraternity and communism of all society, losing its definition of outline, and merging with the larger social groups in which it is embedded." Wells, H. G. New worlds for old. New York: The Mac- millan Company, 1908, pp. vii, 333. Contains a good chapter on " Would socialism destroy the home? " Shows the thorough failure of the present order to maintain home and social purity and to rear children. Advises I76 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY strict state regulation of marriage " Children must not be casually born; their parents must be known and worthy, that is to say, there must be deliberation in begetting children, mar- riage under conditions." Wells, H. G. A modern utopia. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1907, pp. xi, 392. Contains a good chapter on " Women in a modern utopia." ' ' For the marriage contract the socialist state will define in the completest fashion what things a man or woman may be bound to do, and what they cannot be bound to do. Marriage is the union of a man and woman in a manner so intimate as to in- volve the probability of offspring, and it is of primary import- tance to the state, first in order to secure good births, and sec- ondly good home conditions, that these unions should not be free, nor promiscuous, nor practically universal throughout the adult population." Pearson, Karl. The ethic of freethought. A selection of essays and lectures. New York: The Macmillan Com- pany, 1888, pp. 446. The subject is well discussed in the two chapters, " The woman's question " and " Socialism and sex." " Such, then, seems to me the socialistic solution of the sex-problem: com- plete freedom in the sex-relationship left to the judgment and taste of an economically equal, physically trained and intel- lectually developed race of men and women; state interference if necessary in the matter of child-bearing, in order to preserve intersexual independence on the one hand, and the limit of efficient population on the other." Stetson, Charlotte Perkins. Women and economics. A study of the economic relation between men and women as a factor in social evolution. Boston: Small, Maynard & Co., 1898, pp. vii, 340. Finds in the economic dependence of woman the cause of most of the evils of society. Sexuo-economic specialization has made of woman a slave, and this has reacted on man for ill. THE ETHICS OF SOCIALISM 1 77 With the attainment of full economic independence by woman will come her freedom from domestic servility in its various forms. Bax, Ernest Belfort. Outlooks from the new standpoint. London: Swan, Sonnenschein & Co., 1891, pp. x, 203. " Many people take refuge in deliciously vague declamation on the nobility, on the loftiness, of the ideal which handcuffs one man and one woman together for life. We cannot see exactly where the nobility and the loftiness come in. The mere commonplace man, if left to himself, would probably think that it rested entirely upon circumstances, upon character, temperament, etc., whether the perpetual union of two persons was desirable. Socialism will strike at the root at once of com- pulsory monogamy and of prostitution by inaugurating an era of marriage based on free choice and intention, and character- ized by the absence of external coercion. Monogamic marriage and prostitution are both based essentially on commercial considerations. The one is purchase, the other hire. The only really moral form of the marriage relation is based neither on sale nor hire." Bax, Ernest Belfort. Essays in socialism, new and old. London: E. Grant Richards, 1906, pp. x, 336. Contains several able chapters on the woman question, very interesting on account of their strong denunciation of the common socialist espousal of the " Woman's Rights " cause. Maintains that in nearly all matters there is a strong sex-preju- dice against the man because he is man and in favor of the woman because she is woman. Woman is steeped in sex- prerogative. Socialism demands relative economic and social equality between the sexes, but not female privilege and female domination, — the real demands of the clamorers for " Woman's Rights." After the class-struggle has passed away, the sex- question will probably become more burning, and will be the first question that the socialist state will have to solve. " If social democrats allow themselves to be caught by the feminist fallacy, they are only injuring their own cause." 178 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY B. Adverse Criticisms of the Socialist Attitude The following books contain good chapters setting forth and criticising adversely socialists' teachings concerning the family. Barker, J. Ellis. British socialism. An examination of its doctrines, policy, aims and practical proposals. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1908, pp. vi, 522. London Municipal Society. The case against socialism. A handbook for speakers and candidates. Second edi- tion. London: George Allen & Sons, 191 o, pp. vii, 537. Goldstein, David. Socialism: the nation of fatherless children. Edited by Martha Moore Avery. Boston: The Union News League, 1903, pp. x, 374. II. Socialism and Religion A . Books maintaining that Socialism and Religion are essen- tially Hostile to Each Other Hartman, Edward Randolph. Socialism versus Chris- tianity. New York: Cochrane Publishing Company, 1909, pp. vi, 263. A careful comparison of the principles and promises of so- cialism with the teachings of Scripture and the principles of Christianity. The author always sticks closely to his subject and accomplishes the thorough contrast which he set out to make. He maintains that in many essential matters socialism is diametrically opposed to the principles of Christianity. Barker, J. Ellis. British socialism. An examination of its doctrines, policy, aims and practical proposals. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1908, pp. vi, 522. Contains a chapter showing the hostility of socialism towards Christianity. THE ETHICS OF SOCIALISM 1 79 London Municipal Society. The case against socialism. A handbook for speakers and candidates. Second edi- tion. London: George Allen & Sons, 1910, pp. vii, 537. Contains a chapter giving quotations from many socialists to show their opposition to, and contempt for, religion and the church. Flint, Robert. Socialism. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippin- cott & Co., 1895, pp. vii, 512. Devotes a long and very able chapter to a consideration of socialism and religion. Gives a thorough exposition of the atti- tude of the socialist leaders towards religion, and maintains that socialism and Christianity are natural opponents. Stang, William. Socialism and Christianity. New York: Benziger Brothers, 1905, pp. 207. An able attack on socialism by a bishop of the Roman Catholic Church. Discusses the character and aims of socialism, advo- cates social reform but not socialism, and portrays the Catholic movement in behalf of social reform. Ashton, John. Socialism and religion. (Tract No. 9 in Vol. LXVIII of the " Publications of the Catholic Truth Society"). London: Catholic Truth Society, 1908, PP- 3 2 - " The Catholic Church sees that socialism strikes at the roots of man's moral freedom; that it dechristianizes the working man; that it would confiscate her churches and secularize her schools; that it would destroy the Christian family and substi- tute a materialistic philosophy for her doctrine of the super- natural." Goldstein, David. Socialism: the nation of fatherless children. Edited by Martha Moore Avery. Boston: The Union News League, 1903, pp. x, 374. Maintains that atheism is not a mere personal opinion of some socialists, but the bed rock of socialist philosophy. The l8o THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY author has made a thorough canvass of socialist literature, and has brought together the socialist utterances that bear on re- ligion. He maintains that atheistic forces take political form in socialism, and necessitate a closer association of those or- ganizations which stand for the propagation and enforcement of religious law. Hall, Thomas C. Socialism as a rival of organized Christianity. In The North American Review, Vol. CLXXVIII, June, 1904, pp. 915-926. " Modern Protestantism is woefully ignorant of its most for- midable rival. The Catholic Church has been painfully awakened in France, Belgium and Italy. Protestantism awaits its awak- ening." B. Christian Socialism Kaupmann, Moritz. Christian socialism. London : Kegan Paul, Trench & Co., 1888, pp. xviii, 232. A splendid discussion of Christian socialism in France, Eng- land and Germany. It desires to show that an intimate connec- tion exists between socialism in the best sense of the word and Christian philanthropy. While maintaining that there is genu- ine kinship between Christianity and socialism, the author ac- knowledges certain lines of demarcation and devotes an inter- esting chapter to a consideration of " Unchristian Socialism." Stubbs, Charles William. Charles Kingsley and the Christian social movement. London: Blackie & Son, 1904, pp. viii, 199. Gives a very interesting sketch of the early Christian socialist movement, in especial connection with the life of Kingsley, and shows the great influence of that theologian upon later develop- ments of church life and thought. Wood worth, Arthur V. Christian socialism in England. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1903, pp. viii, 208. Traces the historical development of Christian socialism from its origin under Maurice and Kingsley to its present form in the THE ETHICS OF SOCIALISM 101 Christian Social Union and shows the connection between the two. Contains a good bibliography of Christian socialism from earliest times to 1900. Nitti, Francesco S. Catholic socialism. Translated from the second Italian edition by Mary Mackintosh. With an introduction by David G. Ritchie. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xx, 432. A very learned statement of the theories of the Catholic socialists of Germany, Austria, Switzerland, France, Belgium, England, Spain, Italy and America. It shows how " Catholic socialism, while unlike the other systems of socialism it seeks to reform society in the name of God, does not on that account seek to modify it any the less profoundly." The discussion is sympathetic yet impartial. Campbell, R. J. Christianity and the social order. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xiii, 284. The author believes that the socialist movement represents a return to the primitive Christian evangel, freed from its limita- tions and illusions, and is destined to rescue the true Chris- tianity from ecclesiasticism in its various forms. The main purpose of the book is to show that the practical aims which primitive Christianity set out to realize are nearly identical with those of modern socialism. Gladden, Washington. Christianity and socialism. New York: Eaton & Mains, 1905, pp. 244. Aims to bring Christianity and socialism " into more intelli- gible and more friendly relations." Ward, William. Religion and labour. London: Edwin Dalton, 1907, pp. 188. An able and interesting argument, based on Christianity, for nearly all the ends desired by the socialist. Sprague, Philo W. Christian socialism. What and why. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1891, pp. vi, 204. 1 82 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Sets out to answer (i) what is socialism, (2) what are the causes of socialism, (3) what is the relation of Christianity to socialism, and (4) how can the great social and economic changes involved in socialism be gradually brought about by just and orderly methods. Davidson, J. Morrison. The gospel of the poor. London : William Reeves, 1894, pp. viii, 162. A powerful combination of scriptural quotations and economic statistics. Publications of the Christian Social Union [formerly the Church Social Union]. Boston : Office of the Secretary, The Diocesan House, 1 Joy Street. Upwards of sixty pamphlets have been published. A good many of these are very valuable from the standpoint of Christian socialism. As among the best may be mentioned the following: "Christian Socialism," by Frederick Denison Maurice; "The Church and Scientific Socialism," by James T. Van Rensselaer; " The Christian Law," by Brooke Foss Westcott; and " Chris- tian Socialism and the Social Union," by George Hodges. 7. TRADE UNIONISM William Z. Ripley Webb, Sidney and Beatrice. Industrial democracy. New edition in one volume. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1902, pp. lxii, 929. The most elaborate and comprehensive treatise on the subject, sympathetic and yet well reasoned. Contains no descriptive matter of American conditions. Webb, Sidney and Beatrice. History of trade unionism. New edition. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1902, pp. xxxiv, 558. The best account of the struggle of the working classes for industrial rights. Confined to English experience. Commons, John R., editor. Trade unionism and labor problems. Boston : Ginn & Company, 1905, pp. xiv, 628. A collection of the most authoritative articles by specialists on every phase of the matter. Liberal and progressive in point of view. Adams, Thomas S., and Sumner, Helen L. Labor prob- lems. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. xv, 579. A convenient summary and text-book, with good bibliographi- cal notes and references for furthei reading. Sympathetic and judicial in tone. Ely, Richard T. The labor movement in America. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. xvi, 399. Reports of the United States Industrial Commission. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1900-02. 183 I84 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY In Volumes XIV, XV, XVII and XIX will be found the largest collection of original material ever made in America. The testimony of workmen and employers is critically summarized in the " Final Report " in Volume XIX. This report in itself is a comprehensive and fair treatise on the subject. In Volume XVII the history of American unionism is fully set forth. Johns Hopkins University Studies in Historical and Political Science. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1906-. A series of monographs by specialists affords the most reli- able account of various phases of the movement. Among these papers especially valuable are: J. B. Kennedy's "The bene- ficiary features of American trades unions " (November — Decem- ber, 1908), and A. M. Sakolski's "The finances of American trades unions " (March — April, 1906). The legal aspects of trade unionism are discussed in the " Reports of the United States Industrial Commission " and in the following special articles: Seager, Henry R. The legal status of trade unionism in the United Kingdom, with conclusions applicable to the United States. Political Science Quarterly, Vol. XXII, 1907, pp. 611-629. Wyman, Bruce. The maintenance of the open shop. The Green Bag (January), 1905, pp. 21-29. Clark, Lindley D. The present legal status of organized labor in the United States. Journal of Political Econ- omy, Chicago (March), 1905, pp. 173-200. Collective bargaining is best treated technically in the " Re- ports of the United States Industrial Commission," and in the following monographs: Hilbert, F. W. Trade agreements in the United States. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1906. TRADE UNIONISM 1 85 Schaffner, Margaret A. The labor contract from indus- trial to collective bargaining. Bulletin of the Univer- sity of Wisconsin, No. 182 (December), 1907, pp. 182. Ashley, Wm. James. The adjustment of wages. New- York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1903, pp. 362. The policy of trade unions respecting restriction of output is admirably described with a wealth of material from England and the United States in the " Eleventh special report of the United States Bureau of Labor " (Washington, 1904). Statistics of the growth of trades unionism all over the world are currently published by the New York State Bureau of Labor. The results are summarized by W. Z. Ripley in the World's Work for November, 1903, and brought down to date in the Quarterly Journal of Economics, May, 1910. 8. STRIKES AND BOYCOTTS William Z. Ripley Most of the general treatises on trades unions (q. v.) devote much attention to the subject of strikes. There are few books devoted solely to the subject. Among the best references, in- cluding some of those already in the list of references under Trade Unionism, are the following: Adams, Thomas S., and Sumner, Helen L. Labor prob- lems. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. 175-212, with bibliographical notes. Commons, John R., editor. Trade unionism and labor problems. Boston: Ginn & Company, 1905, pp. xiv, 628. Gilman, Nicholas Paine. Methods of industrial peace. ' Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1904, pp. x, 436. Nicholson, Joseph Shield. Strikes and social problems. London: A. & C. Black, 1896, pp. viii, 238. Hall, Fred S. Sympathetic strikes and sympathetic lock- outs. Columbia University Studies in History, Eco- nomics and Public Law, 1898, pp. 118. A valuable study of a perplexing sort of conflict. Also bibli- ography. Howell, George. The conflicts of labor and capital. Second and revised edition. London: Macmillan & Co., 1890, pp. xxxvi, 536. Adams, Thomas S. Violence in labor disputes. Publica- tions of the American Economic Association (Febru- ary), 1906, pp. 176-218. Strike statistics are now compiled by all the leading countries of the world. The official reports are currently reported and reviewed in the Bulletins of the United States Bureau of Labor. 186 STRIKES AND BOYCOTTS 1 87 The best discussion of the facts is found in the following refer- ences : Hanger, G. W. W. Strikes and lockouts in the United States, 1 881-1900. Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Labor, No. 54. Farnam, Henry W. The quantitative study of the labor movement. Publications of the American Economic Association (February), 1906, pp. 160-175. Cross, Ira. Strike statistics. Publications of the American Statistical Association, No. 82, 1908, pp. 169-194. The law relating to industrial conflicts is fully discussed in the " Final report of the United States Industrial Commission " (Washington, 1902). The development of the law of conspiracy is discussed in the " Johns Hopkins University Studies in His- torical and Political Science " (1909). Other references will be found in this list under the legal aspects of Trade Unionism (see p. 184). The use of injunctions in labor disputes is technically dis- cussed in John R. Commons' " Trade unionism and labor problems " (p. 156), with many further references. A special issue of the " Studies of the American Economic Association " in 1893 gives a fair account. Consult also the " Final report of the United States Industrial Commission " and the " Report of the Massachusetts Commission on Relations of Employer and Employed," 1904, p. 58. The illuminating Australian experience is best treated by Dr. Victor S. Clark in his " Labour Movement in Australasia " (New York, 1906) ; as also by D. Knoop, " Industrial conciliation and arbitration " (London, 1905). Canadian experience under the new Industrial Disputes Act is described by Dr. Victor S. Clark in Bulletins Nos. 76 and 86, United States Bureau of Labor, 1908 and 19 10; and by Dr. Adam Shortt in Publications of the American Economic Asso- ciation, Proceedings of the Twenty-first Annual Meeting, 1908, pp. 158-177. g. INDUSTRIAL CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION Arthur N. Holcombe *Aves, Ernest. Report on the wages boards and indus- trial conciliation and arbitration acts of Australia and New Zealand. London: Parliamentary Reports and Papers, 1908, pp. 226. [Cd. 4167.] An official investigation under the authority of the British Home Office into the Australasian systems of wages boards and compulsory arbitration. " The suitability or unsuitability of a system of industrial settlement will depend largely upon the particular circumstances under which and because of which it is utilised " (p. 124). Black, Clementina. Sweated industry and the minimum wage. London: Duckworth & Co., 1907, pp. xxiv, 281. The minimum wage advocated as a remedy for the sweating evil. Discussion of the work of Victorian wages boards and New Zealand courts of arbitration, not as agencies for the determina- tion of industrial disputes, but for the prescription of legal mini- mum wages in sweated industries. Broadhead, Henry. State regulation of labour and labour disputes in New Zealand. London: P. S. King, 1908, pp. 230. A description and an unfavorable criticism of the operation of the New Zealand law. The author was for seven years secretary of the Canterbury (New Zealand) Employers' Association and for nearly three years a member of the Canterbury Conciliation Board. Clark, Victor S. Labor conditions in New Zealand and Australia. Bulletins of the (£/. S.) Bureau of Labor, Nos. 49, 56 (November, 1903; January, 1905). INDUSTRIAL CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION 1 89 Careful accounts of the Australian and New Zealand systems of compulsory arbitration and of the Victorian Wages Boards, based on investigations on the ground. *Clark, Victor S. The labor movement in Australasia. Westminster: Archibald, Constable & Co., 1906, pp. x, 3 2 7- Chapters VII-X (pp. 138-245) are devoted to a restatement of the results of the author's investigations into the operations of compulsory arbitration and wages boards acts. Clark, Victor S. Present state of labor legislation in Australia and New Zealand. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. XXXIII (March, 1909), pp. 440-447. A continuation of the discussion in the author's earlier publica- tions. " I am not aware of any dispute between employers and employees in the colonies, involving a large number of men and reaching a point where, in the United States, one might expect an open rupture, that has been settled without going out- side the arbitration act." Clark, Victor S. The Canadian industrial disputes investi- gation act of 1907. Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Labor, No. 76 (May, 1908). A detailed description of the provisions and administration of the Canadian law for the prevention of strikes by compulsory publicity. " The act is the logical first step toward government intervention in labor disputes, if a policy of intervention is to be adopted." Eliot, Charles William. The best way to prevent indus- trial warfare. McClure's Magazine, Vol. XXXIII (September), 1909, pp. 515-519. A detailed account of the operation of the Canadian industrial disputes investigation act of 1907. The author's point of view is indicated by the title. I90 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY *Gilman, Nicholas P. Methods of industrial peace. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1904, pp. viii, 436. Chapters X-XVI deal with methods of conciliation and arbi- tration. " The thanks of the civilized world . . . should go out to the courageous community in the southern seas that is experi- menting with so much vigor and straightforwardness " (p. 408). Knoop, Douglas. Industrial conciliation and arbitration. London: P. S. King, 1905, pp. xxiv, 241. A " theoretical discussion " with " copious illustrations drawn from the practical working of conciliation and arbitration in different countries." " Compulsory arbitration is worse than useless, for it tends to cultivate a spirit of antagonism between employers and employed " (p. 179). Lloyd, Henry D. A country without strikes. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1900, pp. xiv, 183. An enthusiastic description of the beneficent operation of the New Zealand law. The author regards the " establishment of a court in a field where only violence had been the judge before " as one of the " great events " of modern history " (p. 176). *Pigou, A. C. Principles and methods of industrial peace. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. vii, 240. " The problem of this book is ethical — to determine what principles and methods ought to be employed in the settlement of industrial differences, rather than to describe those which are employed" (Introduction). The author reaches a conclusion that anticipates the principle shortly afterwards embodied in the Canadian industrial disputes investigation act. *Reeves, W. Pember. State experiments in Australia and New Zealand. 2 vols. London: Grant Richards, 1902. Volume II, Chapter I, pp. 47 _l8 °> deals with wages boards and compulsory arbitration. The author was the original sponsor of the first compulsory arbitration law, the New Zealand law of 1894 INDUSTRIAL CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION igi Shortt, Adam. The Canadian industrial disputes act. Publications of the American Economic Association, Vol. I, 1909, pp. 158-179. An incisive account of the practical operation of the act. It provides, in the opinion of the author, " a reasonable method of securing the maximum of concession with the minimum of compulsion " in the determination of industrial disputes. United States Industrial Commission. Report on labor organizations, labor disputes, and arbitration. Vol. XVII. Washington: Government Printing Office, 190 1, pp. 423-546. (Part III, Chapters III-VI.) The most convenient summary of American and European legislation, and its practical results, up to the end of the century. It is supplemented and brought up to date by Leonard W. Hatch's "Governmental industrial arbitration." Bulletin of United States Bureau of Labor, No. 60 (September, 1905), Vol. XI, pp. 389-655. io. INDUSTRIAL COOPERATION James Ford The International Cooperative Bibliography, published in 1906 by the International Cooperative Alliance, 6 Bloomsbury Square, London, pp. xxiii, 276, is a fairly exhaustive bibliography of industrial cooperation. More recent titles are added monthly by the same authority in the International Cooperative Bulletin. Reports of cooperative congresses and the year-books published by European cooperative unions are sources of statistics and contemporary information relative to all forms of cooperation. Papers of importance are to be found in — International Cooperative Alliance. Report of the proceed- ings at the seventh congress, held at Cremona, 1907. London: International Cooperative Alliance, 1908, pp. viii, 219. (The eighth congress is to be held in Hamburg, 19 10.) Cooperative Union, Ltd. (Great Britain). The forty-first annual congress, 1909. Manchester: Cooperative Union, Ltd., pp. xxxvi, 649. I. General Aves, Ernest. Cooperative industry. London: Methuen & Co., 1907, pp. xii, 310. This book presupposes on the part of the reader a knowledge of the history and methods of British cooperation. It is a thought- ful critique of cooperation in Great Britain and Ireland, valuable chiefly to advanced students because of its impartial exposition of the inner life and deeper problems of the movement. Fay, C. R. Cooperation at home and abroad. London: P. S. King & Son, 1908, pp. xvi, 403. The best comprehensive account in English of the history and status of European cooperative banks, agricultural socie- ties, factories and stores. Bibliography. 192 INDUSTRIAL COOPERATION 1 93 Holyoake, George Jacob. The history of cooperation. 2 vols. London and New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1906, pp. xvi, x, 691. A history of the workingman's cooperative movement in Great Britain from the Owenite period to 1904. Popularly known as " The Bible of Cooperation." Though full of repeti- tion, these two volumes present in a graphic and compelling manner the growth of the industrial cooperative movement, its ideals, its governing personalities and the difficulties overcome. The chief historical source book. Webb, Catherine. Industrial cooperation. Third edition. Manchester: Cooperative Union, Ltd., 1907, pp. xx, 286. The best elementary account of the history, theory and practice of cooperation in Great Britain and Ireland; prepared as a text-book for cooperators' educational classes. Well- balanced, concise and easy to read. Bibliography. A. Co-operation in the United States In the United States the subject of industrial cooperation has received very inadequate treatment. Volume VI of the " Johns Hopkins University Studies," Baltimore, 1888, contains five geographically supplementary studies of cooperation cover- ing the whole of the United States. These reports, thorough for their time, are now useful chiefly for historical reference. A recent summary of American cooperative movements by Ira Cross is to be found in the " Twelfth Biennial Report of the Bureau of Labor," State of Wisconsin, 1906, pp. 1-69, and in con- densed form in " The New Encyclopedia of Social Reform," W. D.P. Bliss, editor, 1908, pp. 308-312. The report has slight statistical value, owing to serious omissions and hasty conclusions, but indicates successfully the centers of present-day cooperative distribution in the United States. Chapters on cooperation in text-books of American labor problems — Adams and Sumner, "Labor problems," pp. 379-432; Ely, "The labor movement in America," pp. 167-208 — are necessarily deficient because of the lack of proper territorial investigations on which accurate syntheses may be based. 194 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY B. Socialist Cooperation French and Belgian cooperative literature deals at length with socialist cooperation (consult International Cooperative Bibliography). Data on this subject in English is meager, superficial or prejudiced. Fay's " Cooperation at home and abroad " contains useful descriptive material. Reports of the international congresses of socialists and of cooperators should be consulted for discussions of the problems involved. The best current statistical sources are : Bourse des cooperatives socialistes de France. Almanach de la cooperation socialiste. Paris: L'Emancipatrice, 1910, pp. 212. L'Office Cooperatif. Annuaire de la cooperation ouvriere beige. Anvers: L'Office Cooperatif, 1910, pp. 137. The Belgian movement is treated at length in the two follow- ing books: Bertrand, L. Histoire de la cooperation en Belgique. 2 vols. Brussels: 1902-3.. A comprehensive and authoritative socialist work. L£ger, A. Les cooperatives et l'organisation socialiste en Belgique. Paris: L. Larose, 1903, pp. 325. A short conservative account, mainly descriptive. II. Specific Types of Cooperation The literature of Cooperative Banking and Mutual Insurance is considered in the sections on Social Insurance and Thrift Institutions. For Cooperative Housing see Housing and Town Planning. A. Agricultural Cooperation The section on agricultural societies in C. R. Fay's " Coopera- tion at Home and Abroad," though difficult in style, is the most accurate extensive study of this subject available in Eng- lish. Edwin A. Pratt's " The Organization of Agriculture," New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1904, pp. xi, 403, offers a INDUSTRIAL COOPERATION 195 cursory account of prominent agricultural movements through- out the world. The story of the Irish movement is dramatically rendered in Sir Horace Plunkett's " Ireland in the New Century," third edition, London: John Murray, 1905, Chap- ter VII ; and in the leaflets and annual reports of the Irish Agricultural Organization Society, Dublin. Agricultural cooper- ation in America finds concise synthetic statement in Volume IV of the " Cyclopedia of American Agriculture," L. H. Bailey, editor, New York: The Macmillan Company, 1909; especially in an excellent article by James B. Morman on " Business cooperative organizations in agriculture," pp. 255-264; and also in the year-books of the United States Department of Agriculture. See, also, Rural Social Development. B. Cooperative Production The modern aspect of this subject — the absorption of co- operative production by consumers' associations — is best treated in the general works on cooperation above mentioned. Contemporary British instances of producers' cooperation are also recorded in works on Industrial Partnership (q. v.) , es- pecially in the analytical study by D. F. Schloss, on " Methods of Industrial Remuneration," and in the files of Co-partnership. Jones, Benjamin. Cooperative production. 2 vols. Ox- ford: Clarendon Press, 1894, pp. viii, 839. The most extensive survey of British cooperative production yet published. Considered by industries, e.g., cotton, coal, printing, etc. Present value is mainly historical. Lloyd, Henry Demarest. Labor copartnership. New York & London: Harper & Brothers, 1899, pp. iii, 351- An elementary account of the copartnership workshops, fac- tories and farms of the United Kingdom. Statistically out of date, but valuable on account of its abundance of well-chosen illustration and sympathetic interpretation. ii. PROFIT-SHARING AND INDUSTRIAL BETTER- MENT James Ford Employers' methods of sharing profits with labor, directly through cash bonus, insurance and pensions (" deferred bene- fits "), and grants of stock ("industrial partnership," "co- partnership ") and, indirectly, through improved environment (" welfare institutions," " industrial betterment ") are treated in a large literature, chiefly enumerative or descriptive. Critical analysis of profit-sharing is to be found only in random pages of economic text-books (see below, Schloss, Adams and Sumner) and in journals of economics, labor and socialism. Of historical sources should be mentioned the writings of A. Trombert and the Musee Social studies of 1898 by Waxweiler, Bureau, Van- laer and Merlin of France, the works of v. Bohmert, and Jul. Post of Germany, Sedley Taylor, T. W. Bushill and D. F. Schloss (Board of Trade report, 1894) of England, and N. P. Gilman of the United States. The subject is currently treated in the Bulletin de la participation aux benefices, Paris: 1 879- published by the Soci^te" pour l'Etude Pratique de la Participation du Personnel dans les B£n£fices, and in "Co- partnership, London: 1894-, the organ of the British Labour Co-partnership Association. The International Cooperative Bibliography (q. v.) contains a thorough bibliography of the literature of profit-sharing to the year 1906 (pp. 140-150). I. General Gilman, Nicholas Paine. A dividend to labor. Boston and New York: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1899, pp. viii, 400. An extensive description of profit-sharing and employers' welfare institutions in Europe and America. Value now mainly historical. Bibliography. 196 PROFIT SHARING 197 Shadwell, Arthur. Industrial efficiency. 2 vols. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1906, pp. xiii, 346; x, 488. "A comparative study of industrial life in England, Germany and America," serviceable as a background to the study of industrial betterment. Incidental consideration of profit- sharing, " employers' benevolent institutions " and kindred matters. Original and suggestive. Tolman, William H. Social engineering. New York: McGraw Publishing Company, 1909, pp. viii, 384. A comprehensive compilation of information on American examples of profit-sharing, thrift institutions, improved factories and homes, educational and recreation centres maintained by employers. Especially valuable because of abundant quota- tions from the letters of business firms as to their methods and degree of success. II. Profit-Sharing and Industrial Partnership Adams, Thomas Sewall, and Sumner, Helen L. Labor problems. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. xv, 579. Chapter IX on Profit-sharing (pp. 333-378) is the best com- pact, descriptive and critical account available. Elementary but inclusive. Gilman, Nicholas Paine. Profit-sharing between em- ployer and employee. Boston and New York: Hough- ton, Mifflin Company, 1900, pp. x, 460. History of product and profit-sharing with description of cases in Europe and America prior to 1 889. Elementary analysis. Bibliography. International Cooperative Alliance. Report of proceed- ings at the fifth congress held at Manchester, 1902. London: International Cooperative Alliance, 1902, pp. xii, 445. I98 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Reports on profit-sharing by Schloss (England), Trombert (France), Bohmert (Germany, Austria, Switzerland), Micha (Belgium) and others. A good collection in English of recent European data. Schloss, David F. Methods of industrial remuneration. London: Williams & Norgate, third edition, 1907, pp. xix, 446. Contains a thoughtful analysis of profit-sharing. See, also, Industrial Cooperation. III. Deferred Benefit Systems Henderson, Charles Richmond. Industrial insurance in the United States. Chicago: The University of Chi- cago Press, 1909, pp. viii, 429. Chapters VII and VIII contain a short, well-presented account of employers' deferred benefit systems in the United States. Bibliography. Riebenack, M. Railway provident institutions in English- speaking countries. Philadelphia: privately printed [comptroller of the Pennsylvania R. R. Co.], 1905, pp. 357+64- Extensive notes on deferred benefit and welfare institutions maintained by railroads in America, Great Britain and the British colonies. Presentation crude but in convenient form for reference. United States Commissioner of Labor. Workmen's insur- ance and benefit funds in the United States. Twenty- third annual report. Washington: Government Print- ing Office, 1909, pp. 810. A wealth of descriptive and statistical material on the provi- dent features of railroad companies and other corporations in the United States. The best contemporary reference book on this subject. See, also, Thrift Institutions. INDUSTRIAL BETTERMENT 199 IV. Industrial Betterment George, W. L. Labour and housing at Port Sunlight. Lon- don: Alston Rivers, Ltd., 1909, pp. xi, 218. A detailed study of factory hygiene, safety devices, housing, education, employees' clubs and other forms of improved indus- trial life at Port Sunlight, England. Lacking in criticism, yet good as a local study. Meakin, Budgett. Model factories and villages ; ideal con- ditions of labor and housing. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1905, pp. 480. An extended elementary survey of employers' welfare insti- tutions in the industrial villages of Europe and America. Illus- trated. National Civic Federation, Welfare Department. Confer- ence on welfare work, March 16, 1904. New York: Andrew H. Kellogg Co., 1904, pp. xxviii, 205. Papers and discussion on the practical side of welfare work in the United States by " social secretaries " and business managers. See, also, Housing and Town Planning, in sub-sections Em- ployer's Housing and Garden Cities. i2. THRIFT INSTITUTIONS Oliver M. W. Sprague Building and loan associations. Ninth report of the United States Commissioner of Labor. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1893, pp. 719. In addition to statistical data, the report contains the laws of all of the states, and much useful matter regarding organization, premium policy and the distribution of profits. Dexter, Seymour. A treatise on cooperative savings and loan associations. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1889, pp. viii, 299. The classical work on building and loan associations. The analysis of the principles involved is admirable The appendices contain examples of accounting methods, the laws of some of the states and forms of organization. Hamilton, James H. Savings and savings institutions. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. 436. The most comprehensive work on the subject. More than one third of the book is given to postal savings banks. Hanger, G. W. W. Building and loan associations in the United States. Bulletin of the United States Depart- ment of Labor. Washington: Government Printing Office (November), 1904, pp. 1491-1572. The most recent comprehensive account. Full of well-arranged information. Henderson, Charles R. Industrial insurance in the United States. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1909, pp. 429. A comprehensive survey of the many varieties of workman's THRIFT INSTITUTIONS 201 insurance. A good working bibliography will be found in the appendix. Proceedings of the United States league of local building and loan associations, 1893-1909, Cincinnati: Press of the American Building Association News, 1893-1909. An invaluable repository of information and of useful papers upon every aspect of this successful method of social betterment. Welldon, Samuel A. Digest of state banking statutes. National Monetary Commission publications. Wash- ington: Government Printing Office, 1910, pp. 745. A work which greatly diminishes the labor of the student of legal aspects of the savings bank problem. Wilkinson, J. Frome. Mutual thrift. New York : Charles Scribner's Sons, 1891, pp. xii, 324. An historical account of friendly societies in Great Britain, together with an analysis of their actuarial and financial experi- ence. Willoughby, William F. Workingmen's insurance. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1898, pp. 386. A general survey of the entire field of both voluntary and compulsory insurance. The discussion of the principles involved is excellent. Wolff, Henry W. Cooperative banking; its principles and its practice, with a chapter on cooperative mortgage credit. London: P. S. King & Son, 1907, pp. 317. Wolff, Henry W. People's banks : a record of social and economic success. Third edition. London: P. S. King & Son, 1910, pp. 587. Taken together, these books give a sympathetic, enthusiastic and authoritative treatment of a group of institutions which are designed to encourage thrift and also " make the workman his own capitalist." 202 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Workmen's insurance and benefit funds in the United States. Twenty-third report of the United States commissioner of labor. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1908, pp. 810. This report covers the entire field indicated by its title, except the industrial insurance departments of the regular companies. Zartman, Lester W. Yale readings in insurance. Vol. I, Life insurance. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1909, pp. viii, 405. Twenty-six chapters selected from a variety of sources. About one half the book is devoted to the technique of the subject; history, and economic and public aspects are the concern of the other half. 13. SOCIAL INSURANCE Robert F. Foerster In this section are comprised works upon those measures, usually public but not always technically insurance, which aim to protect the working classes from the economic consequences of sickness, accident, invalidity and old age. Ways of meeting the problem of unemployment, though in part logically finding a place here, are for special reasons treated in a separate section. The importance, in this connection, of such titles described under Thrift Institutions as Henderson's " Industrial in- surance in the United States " and the report by the United States Commissioner of Labor on " Workmen's insurance and benefit funds in the United States " is obvious. I. General United States Library of Congress. Select list of references on workingmen's insurance. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1908, pp. 28. A helpful compilation. Zacher, Georg, editor. Die Arbeiterversicherung im Auslande. Berlin: A. Troschel, 1898-. This, the most valuable work of reference on social insurance, is a collection of historical and descriptive monographs for all important countries, except Germany, published at intervals since 1898. Each volume discusses the results of laws, contains a special bibliography, and prints the texts of laws both in the original language and in German. As significant changes have occurred, supplementary volumes have been added. Bellom, Maurice. Les lois d'assurance ouvriere a l'etran- ger. 10 vols. Paris: Arthur Rousseau, 1892-1909. A compilation second in importance only to Zacher, but 203 204 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY different in procedure and omitting France. Like Zacher, it supplies historical and descriptive matter and texts, but instead of treating each country independently, it discusses, in one volume, sickness insurance; in six, accident insurance; in two, invalidity and old-age insurance; and in a supplementary volume, published four years after its predecessor, describes recent changes and additions. Congres Internationaux des Assurances Sociales. Publica- tions. Paris: 1890-. The international congress has usually been held triennially, since 1889, and its proceedings, including many important papers, have been published in French and German. The quarterly Bulletin of the Congress, published by the Comite" Permanent (Paris : Arthur Rousseau) , is the best current source of information on all branches of social insurance. It includes texts of bills and laws, and able discussions. Willoughby, William Franklin. Workingmen's insur- ance. New York: T. Y. Crowell & Co., 1898, pp. xii, 386. This volume, dealing mainly with European plans, can still, despite the great extension of insurance since its appearance, reliably be used for an understanding of the earlier developments. United States. Fourth Special Report of the Commissioner of Labor. Compulsory insurance in Germany. Prepared by John Graham Brooks. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1893, pp. 370. Although important amendments have been enacted and fresh experience gained since this volume was written, it is still one of the most useful accounts in English of the origin, nature and problems of social insurance in Germany. Lass, Ludwig, and Zahn, Friedrich. Einrichtung und Wirkung der deutschen Arbeiterversicherung. Dritte Ausgabe. Berlin: A. Asher, 1904, ix, 274 S. Probably the best non-technical exposition of the nature, SOCIAL INSURANCE 205 operation and effects of the German insurance plan. Though the work is semi-official, and its tone laudatory and defensive, the arguments are skillfully chosen, well put and persuasive. Pinkus, N. Workmen's insurance in Germany. Yale Re- view, February, 1904, pp. 372-389; May, 1904, pp. 72-97; November, 1904, pp. 296-323; February, 1905, pp. 418-434. Discusses the principles and effects of German insurance. Farnam, Henry W. The psychology of German workmen's insurance. Yale Review, May, 1904, pp. 98-113; Feb- ruary, 1905, pp. 435-438- Argues that insurance has not made the workman better dis- posed to state or employer and has reduced his self-reliance. T[aussig]j F. W. Workmen's insurance in Germany: some illustrative figures. Quarterly Journal of Economics, November, 1909, pp. 191-194. Measures the employers' burden. Seager, Henry Rogers. Social insurance: A program of social reform. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1910, pp. v, 175. An attractive statement, in simple terms, of the principles of social insurance, with special reference to American needs. Lewis, Frank. State insurance. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1909, pp. 233. An argument for compulsory insurance; good in its exposi- tion of the German plan, questionable in its economic logic. Kennedy, James B. Beneficiary features of American trade unions. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1905, pp. 128. A concise study, based on original sources. Only national and international unions are considered. 206 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Weyl, Walter E. Benefit features of British trade unions. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 64, May, 1906, pp. 699-848. A history and description, with statistical results. II. Industrial Accidents and Disease Hoffman, Frederick L. Industrial accidents. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 78, September, 1908, pp. 417-465. Discusses the frequency of accidents in the more dangerous occupations. Oliver, Thomas, editor. Dangerous trades. New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1902, pp. xxiii, 891. Probably the best available volume in its field. The sixty chapters deal more generally with disease than accidents. Of a more popular character is the author's later volume on " Diseases of occupations " (London: Methuen & Co., 1908, pp. vi, 427). Andrews, John B. Phosphorus poisoning in the match industry of the United States. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 86, January, 1910, pp. 31-146. Sommerfeld, Th., and others. List of industrial poisons. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 86, Jan- uary, 1910, pp. 147-168. Two good additions to the literature on industrial disease. Foreign Workmen's Compensation Acts, Summary of. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 74, January, 1908, pp. 121-143. A compendious, classified statement of the enactments of twenty-two countries, convenient at once for a rapid view of the legislation of one country and for international comparison. SOCIAL INSURANCE 207 McKitrick, Reuben. Accident insurance for workingmen (Comparative Legislation Bulletin No. 20). Madison: Wisconsin Library Commission, 1909, pp. 70. The legal and financial principles of various forms of accident insurance clearly explained. Aronson, V. R. The Workmen's Compensation Act, 1906. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1909, pp. 559. " The object of this book is to present a complete view of the law of workmen's compensation as contained in the Act of 1906, and in the decisions of the English and Scotch courts both prior and subsequent to that act" (preface, page 5). In this aim the book admirably succeeds; it is thorough, clear and, in its comparisons with the older acts, highly instructive. Parker, Launcelot. The British Workmen's Compensa- tion Acts. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 70, May, 1907, pp. S79~63 8 - A history of previous acts and an exposition, with the text, of the Act of 1906. Clark, Lindley D. The legal liability of employers for injuries to their employees in the United States. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 74, January, 1908, pp. 1-120. An excellent statement of the American law. Eastman, Crystal. Work-accidents and the law. (The Pittsburgh Survey.) New York: Charities Publication Committee, pp. xvi, 345. An important study, by the secretary of the New York State Employers' Liability Commission, of the causes of industrial accident in the Pittsburgh district, the operation of present lia- bility laws, and the best method of reform. There are interesting appendices. 208 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY New York. Commission on employers' liability. First report, March 19, 1910. Albany, 1910, pp. v, 271. An able preliminary discussion of present difficulties and of remedies. Wisconsin. Bureau of Labor and Industrial Statistics. Thirteenth biennial report. Part I: Industrial acci- dents and employer's liability in Wisconsin. Madison, 1909, pp. 1-143. Fourteenth biennial report. Part II: Industrial accidents in Wisconsin. Madison, 1909, pp. 69-142. These reports discuss conditions in Wisconsin, and foreign and American remedies, tried and proposed. The State Cooperative Accident Insurance Fund of Mary- land. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 57, March, 1905, pp. 645-648. History of an ill-conceived and ephemeral, but not unin- structive, American plan of state insurance. The text of the law appeared in Bulletin No. 45, pp. 406-408; the grounds of its unconstitutionality are set forth in Bulletin No. 57, pp. 689, 690. III. Invalidity and Old Age Massachusetts. Report of the Commission on Old Age Pen- sions, Annuities and Insurance. Boston, 1910, pp. 409. A comprehensive survey of existing systems, public and pri- vate, national and local. Issues are discussed with special refer- ence to an American community; and a conclusion adverse to the institution of a state scheme for Massachusetts is reached. Brandeis, Louis D. Massachusetts savings-bank insur- ance and pension system. Quarterly Publications of the American Statistical Association, March, 1909, pp. 409-416. A brief exposition of an interesting voluntary scheme. SOCIAL INSURANCE 209 Sutherland, William. Old age pensions. London: Me- thuen & Co., 1907, pp. x, 227. A concise critical description of the various plans proposed in England before the act of 1908, and a thoughtful discussion of the factors of the pension problem. In an appendix are reviewed the chief foreign systems. The book serves incidentally as a guide to the important Parliamentary papers on the subject. Old Age Pensions : A collection of short papers. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1903, pp. 247. Many of the articles are of general significance and are written by eminent students. 1 4 . IMMIGRATION Robert F. Foerster Several of the works listed under Social Investigation, notably Woods, Roberts and The Pittsburgh Survey, are con- cerned largely with immigration. The chief source of current information on immigration is the annual report of the Commissioner-General of Immigration (Washington, 189 2-). It gives statistics of number, age, sex, origin, destination and other matters. A summary of immigra- tion statistics since 1821, with census data since 1850, excellent for comparative purposes, was published in the Monthly Sum- mary of Commerce and Finance for June, 1903 (Washington: pp. iv, 4335-4444). The investigations of the special United States Immigration Commission, appointed in 1907, will prob- ably, when published, be a leading work of reference on immi- gration. The files of The Survey (formerly Charities and the Commons) include valuable articles on contemporary aspects and problems. I. General Library of Congress. A list of books on immigration. Third issue. Washington : Government Printing Office, 1907, pp. 157. A comprehensive list of books, articles and reports, arranged chronologically, and indexed by authors and subjects. Commons, John R. Races and immigrants in America. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xiii, 242. One of the best of recent general discussions, cursory in its consideration of special peoples, suggestive and forcible in treating larger aspects. IMMIGRATION 211 Hall, Prescott F. Immigration. New York: H. Holt & Co., 1906, pp. xiii, 393. A leading general study of conditions and effects, based upon research among many sources, but colored somewhat by the author's conclusion. Perhaps the most valuable part of the book is a history and discussion of American legislation. Mayo-Smith, Richmond. Emigration and immigration. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1890, pp. xiv, 316. Still one of the clearest statements of issues involved and an excellent history to 1890. Unusually dispassionate. United States Industrial Commission, Report. Volume XV : Immigration. Washington: Government Printing Of- fice, 1901, pp. cxxvi, 840. Besides digest and evidence, there are three special reports dealing respectively with general statistics, with the economic effects of immigration, and with oriental labor in the West. The second of these constitutes in many respects the best study of its kind. The copious information contained in the volume is accessible through a full index. State of New York. Report of the Commission of Immi- gration. Albany, 1909, pp. xiv, 252. Valuable data upon a number of the special problems of New York state, with recommendations. Fleming, Walter L. Immigration to the southern states. Political Science Quarterly, XX, June, 1905, pp. 276-297. The nature, distribution and problems of southern immigra- tion. Willcox, Walter F. The distribution of immigrants in the United States. Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. XX, August, 1906, pp. 523-546. A discussion of the view that recent immigrants cling to the eastern cities ; should be read in connection with a criticism by H. P. Fairchild, YaleReview, XVI, November, 1907, pp. 296-310. 212 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY Bushee, Frederick A. Ethnic factors in the population of Boston. Quarterly Publications of the American Economic Association, May, 1903, pp. vi, 171. A research into the social and economic characteristics and changes of races. Kuczynski, R. R. The fecundity of the native and foreign born population in Massachusetts. Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. XVI, November, 1901, pp. 1-36; February, 1902, pp. 141-186. A penetrating statistical study leading to the conclusion that the native stock of Massachusetts is dying out. Ripley, William Z. Races in the United States. Atlantic Monthly, Vol. CII, December, 1908, pp. 745-759. Racial contact, intermixture, fecundity and other demo- graphic matters are here discussed. Steiner, Edward A. The immigrant tide, its ebb and flow. New York: Fleming H. Revell & Co., 1909, pp. 370. Steiner, Edward A. On the trail of the immigrant. New York: Fleming H. Revell & Co., 1906, pp. 375. The author of these two books has traveled much in south- eastern Europe, the main source of recent immigration. The best chapters have to do with his personal observation and experience there. Whelpley, James Davenport. The problem of the immi- grant. London: Chapman & Hall, 1905, pp. vi, 295. A description of the laws of various countries, useful still, despite unrecorded subsequent changes. Gonnard, R. L'emigration europeenne au XIX e siecle. Paris: Armand Colin, 1906, pp. 299. The causes, dimensions and destinations of emigration from Great Britain, Germany, Italy, Austro-Hungary and Russia. IMMIGRATION 213 II. Special Peoples Faust, Albert Bernhardt. The German element in the United States. 2 vols. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1909, pp. xxvi, 591; xvi, 605. A full account, based on prolonged research, of the origin, history and material development, and the political, educational, social and moral influences of the German factor in American civilization. There is a complete bibliography and an elaborate index. The work is in many respects the best study of an immigrant people in America that has appeared. Balch, Emily Greene. Our Slavic fellow citizens. New York: Charities Publication Committee, 1910, pp. xx, 536. Based upon first-hand inquiry both in Europe and in America, this volume supplies the best available study of Slavic immigra- tion to the United States. The causes of emigration and its history, the distribution and economic position of the Slavs in the United States and the question of assimilation are ably han- dled. There is a full bibliography. Warne, Frank Julian. The Slav invasion and the mine workers. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Company, 1904, pp. 211. An interesting inquiry into the immigrant population, mainly Slavic, of the Pennsylvania coal-fields, its effect upon workers already there and the history of its own changes. Caro, Leopold. Auswanderung und Auswanderungspolitik in Qsterreich. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1909, vii, 284 S. The causes and direction of Austrian emigration, its subse- quent history and the legislative problems involved, carefully discussed. Sheridan, Frank J. Italian, Slavic and Hungarian un- skilled immigrant laborers in the United States. United 214 THE ETHICS OF MODERN INDUSTRY States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 72, September, 1907, pp. 403-486. A study of industrial relations and scale of living. Lord, Eliot; Trenor, John J. D.; and Barrows, Samuel J. The Italian in America. New York: B. F. Buck & Co., 1905, pp. ix, 268. Twelve chapters, of uneven merit but useful, on important aspects of Italian immigration. Meade, Emily Fogg. The Italian on the land. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 70, May, 1907, PP- 473-533- A twenty years' history of the Italian population of Ham- monton, N. J., tracing with much commendation the social and economic development of the colony. Foerster, Robert F. A statistical survey of Italian emi- gration. Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. XXIII, November, 1908, pp. 66-103. The movement from Italy to other countries, including the United States, and the return, or " bird of passage," movement to Italy. United States Commissioner of Labor. Ninth special re- port. The Italians in Chicago. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1897, pp. 409. A statistical picture of a slum population, valuable, but not to be regarded as correctly describing present conditions. Preziosi, Giovanni. Gl' Italiani negli Stati Uniti del Nord, Milano: Libreria editrice milanese, 1909, pp. 245. The best chapters deal with the agricultural population and with Italian labor in the South. Fairchild, Henry Pratt. The causes of emigration from Greece. Yale Review, August, 1909, pp. 176-196. An excellent account of economic causes. IMMIGRATION 21 5 Bernheimer, Charles S., editor. The Russian Jew in the United States. Philadelphia : J. C. Winston Company, 1905, pp. 426. Interesting descriptions, by a number of inquirers, of Jewish living conditions in New York, Philadelphia and Chicago. Nearly all of the text of this book is reproduced verbatim, in a volume published by the Liberal Immigration League as "The Immigrant Jew in America" (New York: B. F. Buck & Co., 1906), but a different authorship is assigned. Rubinow, I. M. Economic conditions of the Jews in Russia. United States Bureau of Labor, Bulletin No. 72, Sep- tember, 1907, pp. 487-S 8 3- Economic conditions as related to political circumstances. Evans, Gordon W. The alien immigrant. London: William Heinemann, 1903, pp. xii, 323. A record of observation in Jewish southeastern Europe by a member of the Royal Commission on Alien Immigration. Coolidge, Mary Roberts. Chinese immigration. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1909, pp. x, 531. Two thirds of this work, the best in its field, traces the political history of the Chinese question; the other third discusses eco- nomic and racial aspects. The argument of the book hardly warrants the conclusion that the progress of California and the coast states has been incalculably retarded by the exclusion of Chinese labor. The bibliography is full. Chinese and Japanese in America. Philadelphia : American Academy of Political and Social Science, 1909, pp. 203. Arguments for and against exclusion, with a discussion of the legal aspects of exclusion, are contained in twenty-three papers, of very unequal merit, by as many authors. Aubert, Louis. Americains et japonais. Paris: A. Colin, 1908, pp. 430. A history and a suggestive discussion of issues, economic and political. V. SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION i. RELIGION AND THE SOCIAL QUESTION Francis G. Peabody The modern emphasis on the social aspects of religion may be said to be first clearly expressed in Professor Seeley's " Ecce Homo," 1867. ("To reorganize society and to bind the members of it together by the closest ties was the business of his [Jesus'] life.") The same note was struck in the Bampton Lectures of Canon (later Dean) Fremantle, " The World as the Subject of Redemption," 1885, an historical survey of much originality and power. (" The Christian Church is designed, not to save indi- viduals out of the world, but to save the world itself," p. 1.) Less academic, but rich in spiritual insight, were the Bohlen Lectures of Phillips Brooks, " The Influence of Jesus," 1879, Chapter II : " The Influence of Jesus on the Social Life of Man." To these early evidences of Christian teaching applied to modern social life may be added, out of many titles: Abbott, " Chris- tianity and Social Problems," 1897; Fairbairn, " Religion in History and Modern Life," 1894; Gladden, " Applied Chris- tianity," 1886; Ely, "Social Aspects of Christianity," 1889; Gore, " The Social Doctrine of the Sermon on the Mount," Econ. Rev., April, 1892; Bosanquet, "The Civilization of Christendom, 1893; Hodges, " Faith and Social Service," 1896. (See also further references in : Peabody, F. G., " Jesus Christ and the Social Question," 1905, pp. 67-69, footnote.) Contemporary titles, which have rapidly become bewildering in number, may be roughly classified as (1) historical studies, (2) practical discussions. I. Historical Studies The historical studies examine, by exegetical or critical methods, the teachings of the Bible or of Christian history, and apply the results to the problems of modern life. (Consult also 216 RELIGION AND THE SOCIAL QUESTION 217 the sections on: Social Teaching of the Old Testament; Social Teaching of the New Testament.) Among such treatises may be named — Brown, Charles Reynolds. The social message of the modern pulpit. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1906, pp. ix, 293. Lyman Beecher Lectures at Yale University, expounding with eloquence and insight the social history of Israel and its lessons for American life. " Speak to the children of America, that they go forward " (p. 184). Harnack, Adolf. What is Christianity? tr. T. B. Saun- ders. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1901, pp. 301. Part II deals in the convincing manner of the author with the social questions of the Gospels. Hall, Thomas C. The social meaning of modern religious movements in England. New York: Charles Scrib- ner's Sons, 1900, pp. xv, 283. A lucid survey of religious life in England from Methodism to Tractarianism, and their effect in each case on social ameliora- tion and service. Jenks, Jeremiah Whipple. The political and social sig- nificance of the life and teachings of Jesus. New York : Y. M. C. A., 1906, pp. xviii, 168. Studies primarily designed for college students, but well adapted to other readers, on various aspects of the Gospels in their relation to the modern world. Mathews, Shailer. The social teaching of Jesus. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1897, ibid. 1905, pp. 235- One of the earliest and most important studies of the social implications in the Gospel message. 218 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Nash, H. S. Genesis of the social conscience. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1897, pp. viii, 309. " My aim is to show how the social question strikes its roots into the soil of that mediterranean civilization in which An- tiquity summed itself up, and out of which Modernity issued " (P- 1). Peabody, Francis G. Jesus Christ and the social ques- tion. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. 374- The teaching of Jesus considered in its relation to the family, the rich, the poor, and the industrial order. *Rauschenbusch, Walter. Christianity and the social crisis. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xv, 429. The " social revolution " as anticipated by the prophets of Israel, the teaching of Jesus, and the " dominant tendencies of primitive Christianity " (p. xiii). An admirable study, requiring for its author a professor of church history, who had been also a pastor among the city's poor. The historical chapters (I-IV) seem more convincing than the discussion of modern industrialism (V-VII) and the program of communism proposed. Stalker, James. The ethic of Jesus. New York: A. C. Armstrong & Son, 1909, pp. 410. In Chapters XIII-X VI of this sympathetic study the Christian doctrine of social life, the family and the state is well described, and in an Appendix, F. J. Rae suggests the lines of social action available for the Christian Church. II. Practical Discussions Of a somewhat different type are the practical discussions concerned with the application of the religious motive within the machinery of the modern world. RELIGION AND THE SOCIAL QUESTION 219 Bruce, W. S. Social aspects of Christian morality. Lon- don: Hodder & Stoughton, 1905, pp. 407. Croall Lectures at Edinburgh in 1903-04. Christian ethics applied with insight and erudition to the problems of the family, the state, war, art and education. Cairns, D. S. Christianity in the modern world. Contem- porary Review, (November) 1903, pp. 694-712; (Janu- ary) 1904, pp. 34-57- Two noteworthy articles representing the opposition to the view that the Gospels are essentially an ethical and social teaching, and urging that they describe " a great cosmic event," — the coming of God to his world " after a new fashion " (p. 532). Church Social Union, Publications of the. Boston: Dio- cesan House, 1895-. Papers of varying importance on the social duty of Christians, especially members of the Church of England and of the Protes- tan Episcopal Church. Among these contributions may be named — Series A, No. 7. Charles S. Marson and W. F. Cobb. The social teaching of the early [Christian] Fathers, 1895. Series A, No. 11. C. H. Brent. The spirit and work of the early Christian socialists, 1896 Series B, No. 4. W. Cunningham. Political economy and practical life. Henderson, C. R. Social duties from the Christian point of view. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1909, pp. xiv, 332. A text-book based on sound learning, but arranged for popular instruction, with topics indicated at the end of each chapter for further study, and with references to literature. Haw, George, editor. Christianity and the working classes. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. 257. 220 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION A striking series of papers by religious leaders and social reformers on the alienation of wage-earners from the Christian Church and the possible development of a Christian Democracy. Hyde, William DeWitt. Outlines of social theology. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1900, pp. viii, 260. The theological basis of social efficiency in the Christian Church: a study of the " organization of the Kingdom." Mathews, Shailer. The gospel and the modern man. The Macmillan Company, 1910, pp. xiii, 327. The ripened conclusions of a fertile and virile scholar concern- ing the social applications of the teaching of Jesus. The Gospel is interpreted as love of the God of law, forgiveness of sin and deliverance from death; and the " modern man " is interpreted as in need of this Gospel. " The old Gospel faces a new age. Therein lies its problem " (p. 62). Thus the Church is called to " the socialization of the spiritual life." " The Gospel must socialize the spirit of Calvary " (p. 317). The book may disap- point one who looks for specific counsel among industrial and social problems, but is a wholesome vindication of the " power of the Gospel." " Orthodoxies will replace orthodoxies, but evangelicalism as a loyalty of the spiritual life to Jesus Christ will abide " (p. 327). Mathews, Shailer. The social gospel. Philadelphia: Griffith and Rowland, 1910, pp. 168. A series of lessons on the family, the economic order and social regeneration skillfully arranged for study in Christian churches, with lists of questions for classroom use. Strong, Josiah. The gospel of the kingdom. New York: Bible House, 1908. A carefully designed course of study on " living social prob- lems," begun in October, 1908, and published in monthly parts for use in churches. The series now covers a large range of social questions, with special subjects indicated and literature appended to each lesson. 2. RELIGIOUS EDUCATION Henry W. Holmes Older works on education are often imbued with a religious spirit or written wholly from a dogmatic religious standpoint; but only very rarely do they discuss religious development as a psychological and social problem. Among the few treatises which foreshadow the modern study of religious education, the most important are the following: Comenius, " The Great Di- dactic," tr. Keatinge, 1896; Froebel, " The education of man," tr. Hailmann, 1892; Pestalozzi, "How Gertrude teaches her children," tr. Holland and Turner, 1898; Bushnell, " Christian nurture," 1848. The bibliographies mentioned under Moral Education are, of course, equally serviceable for Religious Education; for additional and sometimes highly valuable articles in religious and theological journals, the reader should refer to Poole's "Index." Of the books included in the Moral Education list, those by Griggs, MacCann, and Adler, the " California Prize Essays," and the reports edited by Spiller and Sadler contain discussions of the relation between " Moral Education " and " Religious Education." None of the very numerous and often not very valuable books on the Sunday-school is included in the following list. Two excellent books are: Haslett, "The pedagogical Bible school," 1903, and Burton and Mathews, " Principles and Ideals for the Sunday-school," 1903. The former contains a bibliography. For lists of current works and recent articles and addresses, the reader should consult the issues of Religious Education. The American Journal of Religious Psychology and Education, The Pedagogical Seminary, and Studies in Education contain important contributions to our knowledge of religious development. 222 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Adams, Herbert B. The church and popular education. Johns Hopkins University studies in historical and politi- cal science, Series XVIII, Nos. 8-9. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1900, pp. 84. A study of the church as an educational institution. Contains a brief bibliography on this somewhat special aspect of religious education. " On all moral and social questions the Church ought to be a local and it may become a national educator " (P- 79)- Butler, Nicholas M., and others. Principles of religious education. A course of lectures delivered under the auspices of the Sunday-School Commission of the Dio- cese of New York. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1900, pp. xx, 292. A collection of essays expressing the varying views of ten leading educators and Episcopalian clergymen, one of the first expressions of a new and broader interest in religious education. The clerical essays, however, tend to view the Sunday-school chiefly as an adjunct to the church. Coe, George A. Education in religion and morals. Chi- cago: Fleming H. Revell Company, 1904, pp. 434. A clear and powerful application of modern knowledge in philosophy, psychology, sociology, education and religion to the problems of religious development, individual and social. " Religious education is simply education that completes itself by taking account of the whole child, the whole educator and the whole goal or destiny of man'' (p. 26). Crooker, Joseph H. Religious freedom in American educa- tion. Boston: American Unitarian Association, 1903, pp. x, 216. A forcible argument for a secular state and school and for differentiation in the work of education. " When we have Sunday-school teachers even half as competent in . . . reli- gious instruction as the public school teachers are in secular instruction . . . religion will have new power " (p. 212). RELIGIOUS EDUCATION 223 Crothers, Samuel M. The understanding heart. Boston : American Unitarian Association, 1903, pp. x, 187. Illuminating essays, entirely untechnical, on the larger prob- lems of the religious development, not only of children, but of men and nations. Dawson, George E. The child and his religion. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1909, pp. x, 124. Four thoughtful chapters which aim " to bring the so-called natural processes into harmony with the religious processes " (p. vii). " The distinction between secular education and religious education is not one of environment, but of adjust- ment " (p. 104). Hall, G. Stanley. Youth: its education, regimen and hygiene. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1908, pp. x, 379- Chapter XII, on " Moral and religious training," is based on a previous essay, probably the first scientific approach to the subject in America. It applies biological conceptions to reli- gious development. " Adolescence," the author's larger work, is a more expansive treatment of the suggestions gathered into this chapter. Horne, Herman H. The psychological principles of edu- cation : a study in the science of education. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1907, pp. xiii, 435. A comprehensive treatment of educational practice from the point of view of psychology. It attempts " to emphasize . . . the unity of education by concluding the work with a discussion of religious education. This is not a new type of education, but just education conscious of its true end ..." (p. ix). Larrabee, William H. Education through the agency of religious organizations. No. 20 of Monographs on edu- cation in the United States. Albany: Louisiana Purchase Exposition Company, 1904, pp. 50. 224 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION A survey of the educational work done by churches, sects and religious societies. Religious Education Association. Proceedings of the annual conventions. 5 vols. I, The improvement of religious education, 1903 ; II, The Bible in practical life, 1904; III, The aims of religious education, 1905; IV, The materials of religious education, 1907; V, Education and national character, 1908. Chicago: The Religious Education Association, 1903-08. Constructive discussions of every phase of religious nurture and training. Of the very highest value; the best source books in this field. Stephens, Thomas, editor. The child and religion. Eleven essays. By various authors. New York : G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1905, pp. 371. An interesting collection of English essays, many of them written from a theological standpoint. 3 . THE SOCIAL TEACHING OF THE OLD TESTAMENT Crawford H. Toy I. The Material Besides the Old Testament the apocryphal books, Ecclesiasti- cus and Tobit, and the tract " Sayings of the Fathers " (Pirke Aboth) furnish ethical material. The following works, explanatory of the material, may be recommended : Kent, Charles F. Israel's laws and legal precedents. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1907, pp. xxxv, 301. A convenient tabulation of the legal material, with helpful annotations. The International Critical Commentary. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1895-. The series, as far as published, includes: Numbers (G. B. Gray) ; Deuteronomy (S. R. Driver) ; Judges (G. F. Moore) ; Samuel (H. P. Smith) ; Amos and Hosea (W. R. Harper) ; Psalms (C. A. Briggs); Proverbs (C. H. Toy); Ecclesiastes (G. A. Barton); Esther (L. B. Paton). Other commentaries are: S. R. Driver, Genesis (1904, Methuen, London); M. Kalisch, Exodus (1855, Longmans); Leviticus (1867, Longmans); F. W. Farrar, Kings (1893, Armstrong); T. K. Cheyne, Isaiah (fifth edition, 1892, Whittaker) ; G. H. Box, Isaiah (1909, Macmillan); C. J. Ball, Jeremiah (1890, Armstrong); J. Skinner, Ezekiel (1895, Armstrong); E. C. Bissell, Ecclesiasticus and Tobit (in Lange's Apocrypha, 1880, Scribner); Edersheim, Ecclesiasticus, Fuller, Tobit (in Wace's Apocrypha, 1873-1888, Murray); C. 225 226 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Taylor, " Sayings of the Fathers " (second edition, Cambridge, 1897, Deighton, Bell & Co.). Articles on Old Testament books are to be found in — Cheyne, T. K., and Black, J. S. " Encyclopaedia Biblica." (New York: The Macmillan Company, 1 899-1 903.) Hastings, James, editor. " Dictionary of the Bible." (New- York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909.) II. General Works Benzinger, Immanuel. Hebraische Archaologie. Freiburg in Baden : J. C. B. Mohr, 1894 ; 2 bearb. Aufl. Tubingen, 1907, xx, 450 S. Nowack, Wilhelm. Lehrbuch der Hebraischen Archa- ologie. 2 Bde. Freiburg in Baden : J. C. B. Mohr, 1894, xv, 396; viii, 323 S. Each of these works gives an excellent condensed statement of family life and legal relations and rights among the Hebrews. Duff, Archibald. Theology and ethics of the Hebrews. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1902, pp. xvii, 304. A fairly good general view of the ethical history, with outlines of the codes. Useful for the student in spite of the fact that it sometimes colors situations falsely and is not always accurate in details. Keeble, Samuel E., editor. Social teaching of the Bible. London: R. Culley, 1909, pp. xii, 283. A thoughtful and sound sketch of the ethical development, taking the periods in chronological order and thus bringing out clearly the lines of progress. Day, Edward. Social life of the Hebrews. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1901, pp. viii, 255. A short popular description marked by fairness and good sense. SOCIAL TEACHING OF OLD TESTAMENT 227 McCurdy, J. F. Moral evolution of the Old Testament. American Journal of Theology. Chicago : University of Chicago Press, Vol. I, 1897, pp. 658-691. A formal exhibition of the conditions determining the ethical development. Hughes, H. Maldwyn. Ethics of Jewish apocryphal literature. London: R. Culley, 1909, pp. 352. Sets forth the Jewish moral ideal in the second and first centuries before Christ, book by book, in chronological order, with comparison with Old Testament ethical standards. A clear and helpful discussion. Schultz, Hermann. Old Testament theology. Trans- lated from the fourth German edition by J. A. Paterson. 2 vols. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1892. A statement (in Volume II, Chapter III) of the religious basis of Hebrew morality, sympathetic but critical. An excellent con- spectus of the ethical rules and practice, tracing the progress to the higher principles, with full references to Biblical passages. Guttmacher, Adolf. Optimism and pessimism in the Old and New Testaments. Baltimore: Friedenwald Com- pany, 1903, pp. 255. An inquiry into certain general Israelite conceptions (view of the world, view of evil, view of life) that affected the ethical con- duct of the time, with contrasts of the synchronous optimistic • and pessimistic attitudes, and with numerous references to Hebrew and other authorities. Lazarus, M. The ethics of Judaism. Translated from the German by H. Szold. Two parts. Philadelphia: Jew- ish Publication Society of America, 1900-01, pp. 309, 301. A philosophical examination of the essence of the Jewish ethical system, dealing chiefly with Talmudical material, but carrying back its principles to the Old Testament. The author 228 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION maintains the originality, unity and spiritual depth of Jewish ethics. The defects of his treatment are failure to do justice to non- Jewish ethical systems and a disposition to read modern ideas into the old literature. The work is suggestive and enlightening. III. Works on Special Topics Renan. E. History of the people of Israel. [English trans- lation.] 5 vols. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1888-95. Represents the Prophets (Volume II, Chapter XVII, and Vol- ume III, Chapter IV) as advocates of the poor against the rich, and is disposed to regard the later '* pious " (Anavim) as identical with the poor. An exaggerated view, against which see the commentaries on the various passages in which the poor are spoken of. Bertholet, Alfred. Die Stellung der Israeliten und der Juden zu den Fremden. Freiburg in Baden: J. C. B. Mohr, 1898, xi, 368 S. An excellent discussion of the question how far the ethical sentiment went beyond national limits. Mendelsohn, Samuel. The criminal jurisprudence of the ancient Hebrews. Baltimore: M. Curlander, 1891, pp. 270. A useful compendium, with indication of the bearing of general moral ideas on the legislation in question. Amram, David Werner. The Jewish law of divorce. Philadelphia, 1896, pp. 224. Treats the material from the point of view of a lawyer, intelli- gent and fair. With this should be compared some such general work as G. E. Howard's " History of Matrimonial Institutions " (Chicago, 1904). Andr£, Tony. L'esclavage chez les anciens H6breux. Paris: Fischbacher, 1892. A good exhibition of the ethical side of Hebrew slavery. SOCIAL TEACHING OF OLD TESTAMENT 229 Schurer, Emil. A history of the Jewish people in the time of Jesus Christ. Translated by Rev. John Macpherson, Sophia Taylor and Peter Christie. 5 vols. New York : Charles Scribner's Sons, 1891. A sharp attack (II, ii, § 28) on the ethical influence of the Jewish ceremonial law, holding that it promoted externality and hy- pocrisy. The same view is taken by G. Hollmann, " The Jewish religion in the time of Jesus," Eng. tr. (London: Green, 1909). Montefiore, C. G. Religion of the ancient Hebrews (Hib- bert Lectures). London: Williams & Norgate, 1892, pp. xxiv, 576. A reply (Lecture IX) to Schurer — a temperate and able statement of the moral life of the Jews under the developed law. Toy, Crawford H. Judaism and Christianity. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1890 pp. xviii, 456. Describes the general features of Old Testament morality, compares it with that of the New Testament, and discusses the relation of the legal development to the ethical life of the people. Cf. the same author's " Commentary on Proverbs " (New York: Scribner's, 1899) ; what is there said (p. xiii f .) of that book applies to the whole of the Old Testament. IV. Other Discussions Cheyne, T. K., and Black, J. S., editors. Encyclopaedia Biblica. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1899- 1903. Articles Marriage, Slavery, Law and Justice, Asylum, Educa- tion, Nazirite; and on Rights of Property see Vol. Ill, p. 2725 ff. Hastings, James, editor. Dictionary of the Bible. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909. Articles Family, Marriage, Slavery, Aliens (under Ger.) , Judges, Education, Refuge, Nazirite, Essenes. 230 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION The Jewish Encyclopedia : New York : Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1901-06. Articles Alienation, Aliens, Education, Ethics, Slaves. Hastings, James, editor. Encyclopaedia of religion and ethics. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1908. Articles Asceticism (Jewish) , Bloodfeud (Semitic) . Many excellent remarks on old Hebrew ethics are to be found in — Hobhouse, Leonard T. Morals in evolution. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1906. (Part I, Lectures 5-8.) Westermarck, Edward. Origin and development of the moral ideas. 2 vols. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1906-08, pp. xxi, 716; xv, 852. 4. THE SOCIAL TEACHING OF THE NEW TESTAMENT James Hardy Ropes Social teaching is found in the New Testament only as a part of moral and religious teaching. Stevens, George B. The theology of the New Testament. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1899, pp. xvi, 617. Beyschlag, Willibald. New Testament theology. Trans- lated by Rev. Neil Buchanan. Second edition. 2 vols. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1899, pp. xxiv, 419; xiv, 522. In both these important general works will be found instruc- tive chapters on the ethical doctrine of the several parts of the New Testament. Harnack, Adolf. What is Christianity? Translated and edited by James Moffatt. New York : G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1901, pp. vii, 328. Contains a few brilliant and important pages on the social teaching of Christianity. Cone, Orello. Rich and poor in the New Testament. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1902, pp. viii, 245- Endeavors to determine the precise attitude of the New Tes- tament writers to these questions without introducing modern applications of their teaching. Bruce, Alexander B. The kingdom of God. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1889, pp. xv, 344- 231 232 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Wendt, Hans Hinrich. The teaching of Jesus. Trans- lated by Rev. John Wilson. 2 vols. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1896, pp. 408, 427. These two are the most important comprehensive works on the teaching of Jesus. Stevens, George B. The teaching of Jesus. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1901, pp. xii, 190. Substantially like the corresponding section of his " New Testament theology," but rewritten and improved. Seeley, John R. Ecce Homo. London: Macmillan & Co., 1865; new edition, 1904, pp. xxiv, 310. A classic and very influential ethical interpretation of the teaching and person of Jesus Christ. Brooks, Phillips. The influence of Jesus. New York: E. P. Dutton&Co., 1879. (Chapter II, on the " Social life of man," pp. 74-138.) Inspiring. King, Henry C. The ethics of Jesus. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1910, pp. xii, 293. Valuable for its impressive proof of the " unity of the whole moral conception of Jesus," and for clear insight into fundamen- tal vital principles expressing themselves in detailed precepts. Stalker, James. The ethics of Jesus. New York: A. C. Armstrong & Son, 1909, pp. x, 403. Full and instructive. Peabody, Francis G. Jesus Christ and the social question. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. 374. A thorough treatment of the specifically social aspects of the four gospels. Aims to make clear the sanity and virility of the thought of Jesus. Note especially the judicious bibliographical note on pp. 67-69. SOCIAL TEACHING OF NEW TESTAMENT 233 Mathews, Shailer. The social teaching of Jesus. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. 235. Sensible and serious chapters on the various social aspects of the gospels. Bousset, W. Das Reich Gottes in der Predigt Jesu. Theologische Rundschau, Leipzig, Bd. V, 1902, pp. 397— 4°7> 437-449- That the " kingdom of God " was in Jesus' use a social con- cept is both affirmed and denied by scholars. See S. Mathews, op. cit., Chapter III, especially note, pp. 53-55. The most useful discussion from the opposite point of view is that of Bousset. Robinson, Joseph Armitage. St. Paul's epistle to the Ephesians. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1903, pp. viii,3i4. The "exposition" (pp. 17-138) contains a profound and illuminating discussion of the thought of the Apostle Paul in Ephesians, the deep significance of which for social ethics will reveal itself to careful study. Mathews, Shailer. The social teaching of Paul. Bibli- cal World (Chicago), Vol. XIX, 1902, pp. 34-46, 113-121, 178-189, 279-287, 370-377, 433-442; XX, 1902, pp. 31-47. 123-133, 178-190. Similar discussions to those of the same writer's book on the gospels. 5. SOCIAL PROGRESS AS AFFECTED BY CHRISTIAN MISSIONS Edward C. Moore In the arrangement of both sections of the bibliography the effort has been to observe the order of progression from the general to the particular. Acknowledgment should be made of valuable aid received from the Rev. James S. Dennis, D.D. Part I. Christianity and Civilization Church, Dean Richard William. The gifts of civilization, and other sermons and lectures. New York : The Mac- millan Company, 1892, pp. x, 441. Several of these lectures by Dean Church deal with the historic bearing of Christianity upon the progress of civilization. Slater, Rev. Thomas Ebenezer. The influence of the Christian religion in history. New York: F. H. Revell & Co. (Present-Day Tracts) [no date]. A brief essay dealing with the witness of history to the in- fluence of Christianity in the progress of the race. Paton, Dr. J. B.; Bunting, Sir P. W.; Garvie, Dr. A. E., editors. Christ and civilization : a survey of the influence of the Christian religion upon the course of civilization. National Council of Evangelical Free Churches, Thomas Law Memorial Hall, London, E. C, 1910. A series of essays dealing with the influence of the Christian religion in molding civilization at crucial periods of history. 234 SOCIAL PROGRESS AND MISSIONS 235 Schmidt, Professor Karl. The social results of early Christianity. Translated by Mrs. Thorpe. London: Isbister, 1889, pp. xxxii, 480. A study of the influence of Christianity upon Roman society, especially in mitigation of its cruel aspects, righting of wrongs and establishing of Christian social relations. Brace, Charles Loring. Gesta Christi: or, A history of humane progress under Christianity. New edition. New York: A. C. Armstrong &Son, 1893, pp. xviii, 520. Similar in purpose to the study of Professor Schmidt, tracing especially the humanitarian influence of Christianity in the social progress of man. Uhlhorn, Dr. Gerhard. Christian charity in the ancient church. Translated by S. Taylor. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1883, pp. vi, 424. A study of the influence of Christianity in awakening a philan- thropic spirit in the Roman empire. Maclear, Rev. George Frederick. A history of Christian missions during the middle ages. New York : The Mac- millan Company, 1863, PP- xx i> 4°°- Uhlhorn, Dr. Gerhard. Die Christliche Liebesthatigkeit im Mittelalter. Stuttgart: Guntert, 1884, viii, 531 S. Lang, J. Marshall, D.D. The expansion of the Christian life. London: Blackwood & Sons, 1897, pp. xvii, 246. The Duff Missionary Lectures for 1897. A study of the ex- pansion of Christianity, with references to its influence on the development and progress of civilization. In the last lecture special emphasis is laid upon the missionary expansion of the nineteenth century. 236 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Part II. (A) Missions Dennis, Rev. James S. Christian missions and social progress: a sociological study of foreign missions. 3 vols. New York: P. H. Revell & Co., 1897, 1899, 1906. An elaborate review of the social influence of modern missions among non-Christian peoples; with extensive bibliographies, classified according to different aspects of the subject. " A present-day supplement to the cumulative argument of history in defense of Christianity as a supreme force in the social regeneration and elevation of the human race " (Vol. I, Preface, p. 9). Dennis, Rev. James S. Centennial survey of foreign mis- sions. New York: F. H. Revell&Co., 1902, pp. xxii, 401. This is a statistical supplement to his " Christian missions and social progress." Dennis, Rev. James S. The new horoscope of missions. New York: F. H. Revell & Co., 1908, pp. 248. Lectures delivered at the McCormick Theological Seminary, Chicago. Hall, Rev. Charles Cuthbert. Christ and the human race. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1906, pp. xvii, 275. Dr. Hall endeavors to describe the attitude of Jesus toward the non-Christian world, and accentuates the obligation of sympathy and service which should inspire the missionary efforts of Chris- tianity. Clarke, Rev. William Newton. A study of Christian missions. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1900, pp. viii, 268. A critical yet friendly and appreciative review of the mis- sionary propaganda, dwelling upon the need, the helpful minis- try, the problems and the goal of missions. SOCIAL PROGRESS AND MISSIONS 237 Slater, Rev. Thomas Ebenezer. Missions and sociology. London: Elliot Stock, 1908, pp. 70. A brief study of the sociological bearing of missions. Mackenzie, Prof. W. Douglas. Christianity and the progress of man. New York: F. H. Revell & Co., 1897, PP- 2 55- A concise exposition of the influence of Christian missions in promoting the progress of the social life of man. Keen, William W., M.D. The service of missions to science and society. American Baptist Foreign Mission Society (formerly the American Baptist Missionary Union), 1906, pp. 47. An address before the Union on the civilizing work of modern missions. Thomas, William Isaac. Source book for social origins. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1909, pp. xvi, 93 2 - A psychological and sociological study of savage society in its origin and growth. Useful as a study of the social status which Christianity seeks to remedy and improve in backward races. Warneck, John L., L.Th. The living Christ, and dying heathenism. Translated by the Rev. Neil Buchanan. New York: F. H. Revell & Co., 1909, pp. 312. A study of animism as found among the Bataks of Sumatra, and an exposition of the religious and social power of Christianity. Tenny, Rev. Edward Payson. Contrasts in social progress. New York: Longmans, Green & Co., 1907, pp. xvi, 415. The social influence of Christianity is contrasted with that of the ethnic religions. 238 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Morrison, Rev. John. New ideas in India during the nine- teenth century. New York : The Macmillan Company, 1906, pp. xiii, 282. Dr. Morrison traces the influence of Christian ideas upon the educated classes of India. Papers on Indian social reform. Madras: Christian Litera- ture Society for India, 1893. A collection of pamphlets prepared in India chiefly by Dr. Murdoch, dealing with existing conditions and advocating various reforms in the social life of India. Richter, Dr. Julius. A history of missions in India. Translated by Sydney H. Moore. Edinburgh : Oliphant, 1908, pp. vii, 459. Richter, Dr. Julius. Mission und Evangelisation im Orient. Gutersloh:C. Bertelsmann, 1908, viii, 320 S. A new history of missions in the Ottoman Empire, with especial reference to charitable and philanthropic aspects. Jones, Rev. John Peter. India; its life and thought. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1908, pp. xviii, 448. Particular attention is called to the chapters in which the relation of the movements for religious reform to the Christian propaganda is canvassed. The Christian Movement in Japan. Tokyo: Methodist Publishing House, 1902-09. These annual volumes, seven in number, contain interesting references to the relation which missions bear to certain phases of social progress in Japan. Okuma, Count. Fifty years of new Japan. Compiled by Count Okuma, late Prime Minister. Translated by Marcus B. Huish. 2 vols. New York: G. P. Dutton & Co., 1909, pp. 646, 616. SOCIAL PROGRESS AND MISSIONS 239 In an indirect way large parts of this work, though written by non-Christian authors, bear witness to the transformation of the life of Japan by contact with Christian civilization and by direct influence of Christian missionaries, teachers, physicians and reformers, both foreign and native. Particularly to be noted: Vol. II, Chapters — 5, on the Christian Church in Japan; 6, Philanthropy in Japan; 8, Edu- cationalists of the past and their share in the modernization of Japan; n, Education of Japanese women ; 15, The development of medicine in Japan; 17, The Red Cross in Japan; 24, Influence of the West upon Japan. Part II. (B) Biographical Griffis, Rev. William Elliot. Verbeck of Japan. New York: F. H. Revell & Co., 1900, pp. 376. Verbeck was an adviser in the establishment of the system of government education, and influential in the political develop- ment of the new Japan in sympathy with western ideals of constitutional liberty and religious toleration. Hamlin, Rev. Cyrus. My life and times — an autobi- ography. Boston: Congregational Sunday-School and Publishing Society, 1893, pp. iv, 538. The record of the career of the founder of Robert College, Con- stantinople, and the most influential figure in the history of education in the Ottoman Empire within the last half century. Smith, George. The life of Alexander Duff. 2 vols, in 1. New York: A. C. Armstrong & Son [1879], pp. 478, 553. The biography of the Scottish missionary who laid the founda- tion of the modern educational system of India. Blaikie, Wm. Garden. The personal life^of David Living- stone. New York: F. H. Revell & Co., 1880, pp. xvi, 508. Especially with reference to exploration and the slave trade. 24O SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Tucker, Rt. Rev. Alfred R. Eighteen years in Uganda and East Africa. 2 vols. London: Arnold, 1908, pp. 376, 400. A record of religious and social progress in Uganda. Wells, James. Stewart of Lovedale. New York: F. H. Revell&Co., 1908, pp. 419. Dr. James Stewart, of Lovedale, South Africa, was a worthy- successor of Livingstone in exploration and in pioneering in the interests of missions in South Central Africa. Johnston, James. Dr. Laws of Livingstonia. London: Partridge & Co., 1909, pp. 160. A biography of Robert Laws, D.D., a pioneer Scotch mission- ary of what is now known as the Nyasaland Protectorate. King, Rev. Joseph. Lawes of Savage Island and New Guinea. London: Religious Tract Society, 19 10. A sketch of the life and labors of a pioneer missionary, first to Savage Island and subsequently to New Guinea. Lovett, Rev. Richard. James Chalmers: his auto- biography and letters. New York: F. H. Revell & Co., 1902, pp. 510. The records of a life which was influential in uplifting and civilizing savage races in Oceania and Australasia. He was the guide and counselor of primitive communities in Rarotonga and Papua. Arctander, K. L. A. The apostle of Alaska : The story of William Duncan of Metlakahtla. New York: F. H. Revell&Co., 1909, pp. 395. A story of the civilizing of the Indians of the far northwest of Canada. The scene of Duncan's labors was subsequently trans- ferred to an Alaskan island under the United States government. SOCIAL PROGRESS AND MISSIONS 24 1 Part II. (C) Statistical, etc. Encyclopedia of missions (revised edition). Edited by H. O. Dwight, H. D. Tupper and E. M. Buss. New York: Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1904, pp. xii, 851. Articles may be consulted on " Relief work of missions," " Intellectual uplift," " Commerce and missions," " Science and missions," " International service of missions," " Liquor traffic and missions." Records of the ecumenical missionary conference. 2 vols. Edited by E. M. Bliss. New York: American Tract Society, 1900. Especially Volume II, chapters mainly by missionary authors on Education, Literature, Industrial work, Medical work, Gen- eral philanthropy, with bibliography and statistics to date. Records of the China Centenary Missionary Conference. Shanghai, 1907. Containing papers presented to the Conference, and reports of discussion; also statistical tables as to educational and medi- cal work. Report of the World Missionary Conference. Edinburgh, 1910. The report of the World Missionary Conference at Edinburgh will be of permanent value to all students of missions. Particu- larly the reports of Commissions; II, The native church and its workers; III, Education in relation to Christianization of national life; and VII, Relation of missions to governments. Part II. (D) Articles, etc. Moore, Edward C. The naturalization of Christianity in the Far East. Harvard Theological Review, Vol. I (July), 1908, pp. 249-303. 242 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF RELIGION Forbes, Edgar Allen. American healing around the world. The World's Work, Vol. XV (December), 1907, pp. 9627-9643. Forbes, Edgar Allen. American teaching around the world. The World's Work, Vol. XV (February), 1908, pp. 9851-9871. Dennis, James S. Missions in China: A defense and an appreciation. American Monthly Review of Reviews, Vol. XXXII (September), 1900, pp. 302-308. Adams, E. E. The civilizing work of modern missions. American Monthly Review of Reviews, Vol. XXV (Feb- ruary), 1907, pp. 190-198. White, Gilbert, D.D. (Bishop of Carpentaria, Australia). The East and the West. London: Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, April, 1910. The relation of missionary effort to social life from an Austra- lian standpoint. VI. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS i. ENCYCLOPEDIAS, PERIODICALS AND BIBLI- OGRAPHIES Benjamin Rand I. Encyclopedias The following encyclopedias will prove of real assistance to students in social investigations by giving preliminary informa- tion and references to +he best authorities. Bliss, William D. P., editor-in-chief. The new encyclo- pedia of social reform. New edition. New York: Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1908, pp. 1321. This encyclopedia is a storehouse of material on nearly all subjects relating to social reform, whether of an historical, bio- graphical, bibliographical or statistical character. The articles are of various degrees of thoroughness and accuracy, but in the main are prepared and revised by specialists in the several fields. They vary as to length and treatment with a view to service- ableness for the general investigator. To the more important topics bibliographies are appended. Handworterbuch der Staatswissenschaften. Dritte ganzlich umgearbeitete Auflage. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1909-. This Handworterbuch is a work of general fundamental importance. To the students of social investigations it is more particularly of value in those fields which are allied to the economic domain. Such subjects as poor law legislation, agrarian problems, labor in various countries, insurance and emigration are treated at length and with thoroughness. Three volumes (A-E) of the third edition have thus far been issued. 243 244 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS Palgrave, R. H. Inglis, editor. Dictionary of political economy. 3 vols. London: Macmillan & Co., 1901. pp. xv, 800; xvi, 848; xxii, 762. Appendix, ibid., 1909. The aim of this dictionary is the assistance to a better under- standing of the problems and material of contemporary economic thought. There are many biographical and historical articles as well as full descriptions of the various schools of economic theory. It contains a large range of information which will be found of value for social investigations. II. Periodicals American Journal of Sociology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1895-. This bimonthly journal was established for the treatment of subjects pertaining to sociology, or " the science of society as a whole." Many questions relating to social ethics have been discussed in its pages. It contains also reviews and current social literature. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science. Philadelphia: American Academy, 1890-. The American Academy of Political and Social Science was founded to meet a " want on the part of students of economics, politics and sociology, to do in the general field of political and social science what similar associations were doing for natural science." The annals afforded opportunity for the publication bimonthly of regular contributions instead merely of papers read at annual meetings. Since 1902 each number has been devoted to a special subject. Such topics have been presented as social legislation and activity, problems in charities and corrections, city life and progress, child labor (i, ii, iii, iv, v), woman's work and organizations, social work of the church, municipal prob- lems, improvement of labor conditions in the United States, industrial education and regulation of the liquor traffic. ENCYCLOPEDIAS, PERIODICALS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES 245 Archiv fur Sozialwissenschaft und Sozialpolitik Neue Folge der Archivs fur Sozialgesetzgebung und Statistik. Tubingen: J. C. B. Mohr, 1903-. The earlier series of this review gave special regard to the problems of labor and to agrarian subjects. The broadened scope of the new series includes also more scientific investiga- tions of diverse social conditions and accounts of social progress in various countries. Archiv fur Volkswahlfahrt. Berlin: Deutsches Verlag fur Volkwohfahrt, 1908-. The activity of this monthly extends to the bodily, economic and intellectual needs of the entire people. It regards its task as a pedagogical one, and seeks by educational means to elevate the grade of enlightenment among the different classes and pro- fessions. Much attention is given to experimental studies in behalf of social welfare. Charities, 1897-1905; Charities and the Commons, 1905- 1909; The Survey. New York: Charity Organization Society, 1909-. The Survey is the most recent name of the magazine founded as Charities and afterwards called Charities and the Com- mons. Its one most important object is "to spread the news of social advance and to recruit workers in behalf of the common welfare." Charity Organization Review. London: Longmans, Green & Co., 1885-. For a quarter of a century this review has been the organ of the London Charity Organization. It contains, each month, short articles concerning the social problems and more particu- larly those of relief, together with reviews, notes and proceedings. Economic Journal. Edited by F. Y. Edgeworth. London : Macmillan & Co., 1891- The Economic Journal deals most largely with topics peculiar to the domain of economics. Such subjects in it as social im- 246 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS provement, labor exchanges and strikes have, however, a social interest. Economic Review. Published quarterly for the Oxford University Branch of the Christian Social Union. Lon- don: Percival & Co., 1891-. This review is " primarily intended for the study of duty in relation to social life." It is the organ of the economic moralist and seeks to apply the teaching of economics to practical life. Its articles are thus more nearly allied to the social realm than those of the other economic journals. Federation. New York: Federation of Churches and Christian Organization, 1899-. Chiefly of interest for the various sociological canvasses it contains concerning the social conditions in different sections of New York City. International Journal of Ethics. Philadelphia: Interna- tional Journal of Ethics, 1890-. This quarterly journal is " devoted to the advancement of ethical knowledge and practice." There are numerous discus- sions in it relating to applied ethics as well as upon theoretical topics. It is the one English periodical which deals specifically with the ethical domain. Johns Hopkins University Studies in Historical and Politi- cal Science. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1883-. These studies relate particularly to local or municipal govern- ment and to institutional history. There have also appeared in them, however, Adam's "Notes on the literature of charity"; Montague's "Arnold Toynbee"; Small's "Beginnings of American nationality"; Brackett's "Progress of the colored people of Maryland since the War," and Gould's " Social con- dition of labor." ENCYCLOPEDIAS, PERIODICALS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES 247 Journal of Political Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1892-. Like the other economic journals mentioned, this one has also articles of interest for social welfare. It has printed such papers as industrial disputes, labor injunctions, unemployed women, labor insurance, cooperation, trade unions and organi- zations in the United States, factory system, international typographical union, and the trust problem. It also contains current bibliographies which appear separately as an annual cumulation. Journal of Social Science, containing the transactions of the American Social Association. Boston: The Bos- ton Book Company (selling agents), 1869-. The American Social Association has departments of social economy, jurisprudence, health and education. Its journal con- tains the papers in these various fields which are read at the annual meeting. Musee Social (Le), Memoires et Documents. Paris: A. Rousseau, 189 2-. The Musee Social, in addition to its monthly review or ' ' annates ' ' mainly devoted to the reports of industrial conferences , publishes these memoires et documents which contain interesting material relating to various social problems and institutions. Political Science Quarterly. Edited by the Faculty of Political Science of Columbia College. New York: Ginn & Company, 1886-. This is " a review devoted to the historical, statistical and comparative study of economic and public law." In it have appeared valuable articles upon socialism, anarchism, trade unionism, trusts, wages, sociological theories, etc. Proceedings of the National Conference of Charities and Corrections. Boston [and other cities] : 187 4-. The proceedings contain reports and papers read at annual 248 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS conferences divided into such sections as municipal and private charity, dependent and delinquent children, prevention of pau- perism, families and neighborhoods, statistics, health and sani- tation, state supervision and administration, etc. Almost every problem in the evolution of charity and correction receives timely treatment from this organization of preventive philan- thropy and constructive beneficence. Quarterly Journal of Economics. Published by Harvard University, 1893-. This quarterly embraces discussions alike in economic theory and in economic history. Scientific in spirit, it treats frequently contemporary practical questions. Its classified list of current economic publications from 1886 to 1907 will be found specially valuable. Revue Internationale de Sociologie. Paris: V. Giard et E. Briere, 1893-. This monthly has given particular attention to the different aspects of sociology, treating of its basis, methods, and various relations to law, political economy and psychology. Other articles pertain to social movements. Reibrme Sociale (La), Bulletin de la Soci6te d'Economie Sociale. Paris: Secretariat de la Society d'Economie Sociale, 1881-. This is a fortnightly publication which treats of such ques- tions as economic causes of the rural exodus, small properties in France, workingmen's homes, and agricultural emigration, its causes and effects. Schriften der Gesellschaft fur soziale Reform. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1901-. The publications of this society for social reform aim at the elevation of the working classes. They relate to such subjects as Sunday rest, rates of wages, hours of labor, labor unions and cooperative societies. ENCYCLOPEDIAS, PERIODICALS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES 249 Schriften der deutschen Vereins fur Armenpflege und Wohltatigkeit. Leipzig: Duncker und Humblot, 1886-. Each periodical issue contains a scholarly treatment, gener- ally of a single subject, pertaining to the institutions for the poor or the social uplift of different classes. Schriften der Zentralstelle fur Volkswohlfahrt. Neue Folge der Schriften der Zentralstelle fur Arbeiter- Wohlfahrtseinrichtungen. Berlin: Carl Heymans, 1908-. The new series of this publication contains articles upon improvement of dwellings, savings banks, sick funds, registration offices, distribution of good reading material and employment of Sunday and holidays. Sociological Review. London: Sherratt & Hughes, 1908-. The Sociological Review takes the place of the annual volume of collected papers published by the sociological society in England. It aims particularly at the elucidation of the various problems of sociology. Yale Review. New Haven: Yale Publishing Association, 1892-. This is a well-edited " quarterly journal for the- scientific dis- cussion of economic, political and social questions." III. Bibliographies Adams, Herbert Baxter. Notes on literature of charity. Johns Hopkins Studies in History and Political Science. Fifth series, No. 8. Baltimore: 1887, pp. 48. The title, " Notes on literature of charity," accurately de- scribes the brochure. The books mentioned are scattered through- out the text and receive the critical estimate of an authority. Beck, Hermann, editor. Bibliographie der Sozialwissen- schaften. Dresden: O. V. Boehmert, 1905-. 250 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS This is an important annual publication. In addition to economic subjects it includes among its main divisions such topics as history of social science, general sociology, special sociology, social economy, social politics and social history. No estimate of the value of works is made. Boston Public Library. List of books on social reform in the Public Library of the City of Boston. Boston: Published by Library Trustees, 1898, pp. 58. This is a classified and well-selected list of books. Critical estimates, however, of their value are not given. Many valuable works also have appeared since its publication. Bowker, Richard Rogers, and Iles, George, editors. The reader's guide in economic, social and political science. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1891, pp. 169. This classified bibliography of American, English, French and German works, with descriptive notes, has proved a very useful reference book. It needs, however, to be brought down to date if it is to retain its serviceability. Economic Bulletin. Published quarterly by the American Economic Association. Baltimore : Economic Bulletin. 1908 ff. " The best and most accurate list of current economic publi- cations is that contained in the Quarterly Journal of Economics " from October, 1886, to 1907, and now continued in the Economic Bulletin. Edwards, Richard Henry, editor. Studies in American social conditions : 1. The liquor problem. Madison, Wisconsin, 1908, PP- 3°- 2. The negro problem. Madison, Wisconsin, 1909, pp. 32. 3. Immigration. Madison, Wisconsin, 1909, pp. 32. 4. The labor problem. Madison, Wisconsin, 1909, pp. 49. ENCYCLOPEDIAS, PERIODICALS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES 25 1 5. Poverty. Madison, Wisconsin, 1909, pp. 31. 6. Concentrated wealth. Madison, Wisconsin, 19 10, PP- 39- 7. Business morals. (In preparation.) 8. Country life. (In preparation.) 9. American women. (In preparation.) 10. Church. (In preparation.) This series of studies contains classified bibliographies prepared by students of the Wisconsin Library School. They are recent, and must prove popularly useful. Although revised and ap- proved by experts, they are not of the specialized character necessary for use by advanced investigators. Granier, Camille. Essai de bibliographie charitable. Paris: Gillaumin et Cie., 1891, pp. 450. This work is chiefly of value for students seeking to ascertain the nature of French charitable sources, rather than to discover aids to present-day problems. Handworterbuch der Staatswissenschaften. 8 umgearb. Aufl. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1909-. This Handworterbuch, already mentioned (p. 243), contains excellent bibliographies at the close of numerous signed articles pertaining to economic and social subjects. Hastings, Charles Harris. Bibliography of sociology. (Reprinted from the American Journal of Sociology, Vol. Ill, 1897-98). Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1898, pp. 76. This bibliography is of convenience only for the current literature of the date assigned. The American Journal of Sociology, however, gives in various numbers more recent literature under lists of new books and of articles in periodicals. Library of Congress, A. L. A. Catalog. 8,000 volumes for a popular library, with notes. Washington Govern- ment Printing Office, 1904: Part I (Class list), pp. 404; Part II (Dictionary catalog), pp. 485. 252 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS The American Library Association catalogue presents under its general topics the titles of 143 books on philosophy, 319 on religion, and 604 on sociology, adapted for smaller libraries. The work aims also to give brief notes on them from authoritative sources. The lists are well selected, but are of such limited extent that the omitted books would often be as valuable as those included. Marot, Helen. A handbook of labor literature. Phila- delphia: Free Library of Commercial Literature, 1896, pp. vi, 96. The handbook presents classified and annotated lists of the more important books and pamphlets in English on labor. It includes also the titles of many government publications. The lists are well selected and the annotations are of an accurate character. Montgomery, Caroline Williamson. Bibliography of college, social, university and church settlements. Fifth revision and enlarged edition. Chicago: Col- lege Settlements Association, 1905, pp. 147. The work contains a general bibliography with description of settlements in the United States of America, England, Scotland, Wales, France, Holland, Japan and Australia. Munsterberg, Emil. Bibliographie des Armenwesens. Berlin: Heymans, 1900, xv, 160 S.; Nachtrag, ibid., 1902, 63 S.; Nachtrag, 1906, ibid., xi, 84 S. This survey of charitable literature is classified according to countries. It is valuable for consultation in regard to the books on the poor in many lands, but lacks any critical estimates of their individual worth. Nettlau, Max. Bibliographie de l'anarchie. Bruxelles: E. V. Stork ; 1897, pp. xi, 294. This work gives a wide survey of anarchistic literature in different countries. The information it contains is adapted for ENCYCLOPEDIAS, PERIODICALS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES 253 the special investigator rather than for the general student of current problems. Poole's Index to periodical literature, by William F. Poole, William I. Fletcher and Mary Poole. 6 vols. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin & Co., 1893-1907. [Vols. I (2 parts, 1802-1881), II (i882-i887);III (1888-1892); IV (1892-1896); V (1897-1901); VI (1902-1906).] Poole's Index covers 190 English periodicals and embraces with its supplements the period from 1802 to the present time. The index is to subjects entirely, except when authors are treated as subjects. For periodical literature on all social questions it is an indispensable work of reference. Rand, Benjamin. Bibliography of philosophy. 2 vols. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1905, pp. xxiv, 1192. This comprehensive bibliography of philosophy includes among its subjects bibliographies of theoretical ethics and of psychology. A subordinate division of the latter embraces almost the only list of works on social psychology. Stammhammer, Josef. Bibliographie des Socialismus und Communismus. 3 Bde. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1893- 1909, pp. 303, 403, 473. This is an exhaustive special bibliography, containing titles both of books and of articles in periodicals. There are no criti- cal comments. Each volume is alphabetically arranged accord- ing to authors, with a subject index. It is valuable as a reference book. Stammhammer, Josef. Bibliographie der Socialpolitik. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1896, 648 S. This work is helpful for topics of social economy such as labor, savings bank, cooperative societies, etc. The titles are arranged according to authors, which are chiefly German. The books are without comments. There is a subject index. 254 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES IN SOCIAL ETHICS Taylor, F. Isabel. A bibliography of unemployment and the unemployed. London: P. S. King & Son, 1909, pp. xix, 71. This is a recent and useful bibliography upon the general subjects of unemployment, vagrancy and remedies. No critical comments are made on the books. United States Library of Congress. Department of bib- liography. Compiled under the direction of A. P. C. Griffin : A list of books (with references to periodicals) relating to child labor. Washington : Government Printing Office, 1906, pp. 66. Select list of references on Chinese immigration. Wash- ington: Government Printing Office, 1904, pp. 31. A list of books (with references to periodicals) relating to the eight-hour working day and limitation of working hours in general. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1908, pp. 24. Select list of works relating to employer's liability. Wash- ington: Government Printing Office, 1906, pp. 23. List of books relating to government regulation of insurance, United States and foreign countries. Second edition. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1908, pp. 67. A list of books (with references to periodicals) on immigra- tion. Third edition (with additions). Washington: Government Printing Office, 1907, pp. 157. Select list of references on industrial arbitration. Wash- ington: Government Printing Office, 1903, pp. 15. List of references on international arbitration. Washington : Government Printing Office, 1908, pp. 151. ENCYCLOPEDIAS, PERIODICALS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES 255 Select list of books (with references to periodicals) on labor, particularly relating to strikes. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1903, pp. 65. Select list of books on municipal affairs, with special refer- ence to municipal ownership. Washington: Govern- ment Printing Office, 1906, pp. 34. Select list of references on the negro question. Washington : Government Printing Office, 1906, pp. 61. A select list of references on old age and civil service reform. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1903, pp. 18. A list of books relating to trusts. Third edition. Wash- ington: Government Printing Office, 1907, pp. 93. Selected list of references on workingmen's insurance. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1903, pp. 28. These lists of books, compiled under the direction of Mr. A. P. C. Griffin, purport only to present upon subjects of current interest some selected authorities to be found in the Congres- sional Library. Their recency and availability, however, give them a special value for all investigators. United States Department of Labor. Index of all reports issued by bureaus of labor statistics in the United States prior to March 1, 1902. Prepared under the direction of Carroll D. Wright. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1902, pp. 287. This is a very necessary volume of reference for government publications. Verzeichnis sozialer Literatur. 7 erweit. Aufl. M. Glad- bach, 1908, pp. 140. This is a brief systematic presentation of the most important German writings on social science and social politics. The critical comments add much to the value of the book. INDEX OF AUTHORS Abbott, E., 154. Abbott, L., 216. Abbott, T. K., 3, 22. Aboth, P., 225. Adams, E. E., 242. Adams, H. B., 222, 246, 249. Adams, H. C, 54. Adams, J., 48, 59. Adams, T. S., 8, 155, 183, 186, 197. Addams, J., 22, 75, 76, 78, 135. Adler, F., 44, 58, 221. Albee, E., 4. Alden, P., 81, 87, 162. Alexander, S., 2. Allen, E. E., 104. Allen, W. H., 63. Amram, D. W., 228. Anagnos, M., 107. Anderson, R., 116. Anderson, W. L., 138. Andre\ T., 228. Andreades, A., 14. Andrews, J. B., 206. Anson, W. R., 51. Archer, W., 96. Arctander, K. L. A., 240. Aristotle, 22, 39, 57. Armitage, T. R., 105. Armitage-Smith, G., 16. Aronson, V. R., 207. Aschrott, P. F., 73. Ashley, P., 19. Ashley, R. L., 49. Ashley, W. J., I, 6, 11, 16, 18, 55, 139, 185- Ashton, J., 179. Aubert, L., 215. Aveling, E., 43, 171. Avery, M. M., 178, 179. Aves, E., 188, 192. » Ayres, L. P., 63, 101. Bacon, F., 67. Bagehot, W., 30, 43. Bailey, L. H., 138, 139, Bailey, W. B., 33. Baker, R. S., 66, 95. Balch, E. G., 80, 213. Baldwin, J. M., 25. 195. Bancroft, J., 136. Barker, J. E., 178. Barker, J. M., 122. Barnard, J. L., 155. Barnett, H. O., 70, 76. Barnett, S. A., 70, 76. Barr, M. W., 102. Barrows, S. J., 79, 103, 113, 116, 118, 120, 121, 214. Barton, G. A., 225. Bastable, C. F., 54. Bax, E. B., 44, 177. Bebel, A., 43, 174. Beck, H., 249. Beer, G. L., 20. Bell, A. G., 108. Bellamy, E., 167. Bellom, M., 203. Benziger, I., 226. Berkley, H. J., 104. Bernheimer, C. S., 79, 215. Bernstein, E., 171. Bertholet, A., 228. Bertrand, L., 194. Besant, A., 170. Beveridge, W. H., 158. Beyschlag, W., 231. Bierbower, A., 61. Billings, J. S., 124. Bissell, E. C, 225. Black, C, 188. Black, J. S., 226, 229. Blaikie, W. G, 239. Bliss, W. D. P., in, 158, 171, 193, 243- Bluntschli, J. K., 47. Bodley, J. E. C, 53. Bogert, E. L., 20. Bohm-Bawerk, E. v., 7, 8, 172. Bohmert, E. v., 198. Boies, H. M., 115. Bonnassieux, P., 14. Booth, C.,35, 70, 77. 81, 132- Bosanquet, B., 39, 48, 216. Bosanquet, H. B., 22, 44, 70, 74. Boultbee, E. F., 108. Bousset, W., 233. Boutony, E., 25. Bowker, R. R., 250. 257 258 INDEX Bowley, A. L., 16, 33. Bowne, B. P., 2. Box, G. H., 225. Brace, C. L., 235. Brackett, J. R., 68-74, 75 _ 8o, 90, 91, 246. Bradley, F. H., 3. Brandeis, L. D., 154, 208. Brees, E., 163. Briggs, C. A., 225. Brinton, D. G., 25. Broadhead, H., 188. Brooks, J. G., 204. Brooks, P., 232. Brown, C. R., 217. Bruce, A. B., 231. Bruce, W. S., 219. Brunetiere, F., 40. Bryan, T., 139. Bryce, J., 44, 50. Biicher, K., II. Buck, W., 135. Bullock, C. J., 6, 9, 20, 54-56, 163. Bunting, P. W., 234. Bureau, P., 196. Burgess, J. W., 50. Burns, J., 123. Burton, E. D., 221. Bushee, F. A., 212. Bushill, T. W., 196. Bushnell, H., 221. Butcher, S. H., 39. Butler, A. W., 73. Butler, E. R., 69. Butler, N. M., 222. Butterfield, K. L., 139. Cabet, E., 167. Cabot, E. L., 1. Cabot, R. C, 62-67, 67, 70. Cadbury, G, 139. Caird, E. 4. Cairns, D. S., 219. Calkins, R., 123, 137. Callender, G. S., 20. Campanella, T., 167. Campbell, R. J., 181. Candler, W. A., 92. Cannan, E., 6, 56. Card, F. W., 141. Carlile, W., 162. Carnegie, A., 94. Caro, L., 213. Carpenter, E., 175. Carver, T. N., 7, 29-31, 167-173. Catterall, R. C. H.T21. Cawston, G., 14. Chalmers, J., 240. Chalmers, T., 71. Chamberlain, A. F., 132, 133. Chapin, R. C, 38, 69. Chapman, S. J., 158. Cheyne, T. K., 225, 226, 229. Cheyney, E. P., 11. Christie, P., 229. Church, A., 104. Church, R. W., 234. Clark, J. B., 7. Clark, L. D., 184, 207. Clark, V. S., 187, 188, 189. Clarke, W. N., 236. Clement, P., 18. Cobb, W. F., 219. Codman, J. T., 168. Coe, G. A., 222. Coit, S., 76. Colbert, J. B., 18. Cole, W. I., 78. Coman, K., 20. Comenius, J. A., 221. Commons, J. R., 81, 183, 186, 187, 210. Comte, A., 29, 39. Cone, O., 231. Connor, J. E., 159. Conrad, C, 161. Conyngton, M., 71. Cook, F. G., 43. Coolidge, M. R., 215. Cornes, J., 82. Coulanges, F. de, 43. Cramer, F., 60. Croce, B., 40. Crooker, J. H., 222. Cross, I., 187. Crothers, S. M., 223. Culp, D. W., 97- Cumming, A. N., 129. Cunningham, W., 10, 11, 139, 219. Dareste, F. R., 50. Darwin, C, 29. Darwin, L., 163. Davenport, E., 149. Davidson, J. M., 182. Dawson, G. E., 223. Dawson, W. H., 74, 161. Day, C, 11. Day, E., 226. Dearie, N. B., 158. De Forest, R. W., 82. De Garmo, C, 57, 59. De Land, F., 107. Denison, E., 73. INDEX 259 Dennis, J. S., 234, 236, 242. Devine, E. T., 69, 71, 159. Dewey, D. R., 21. Dewey, J., 2, 22, 58, 59. Dewsnap, E. R., 84. Dexter, S., 200. Dike, S. W., 43, 55. Dodd, W. F., 49. Dole, C. F., 2, 23. Dowman, C. E., 92. Downey, E. H., 156. Drahms, A., m. Driver, S. R., 225. Du Bois, W. E. B., 91, 92, 93, 96, 98. Duey, A. V., 52. Duff, A., 226, 239. Duncan, W., 240. Dunning, W. A., 48. Dwight, H. O., 241. Eastman, C, 69, 207. Eastman, J. B., 163. Eaton, I., 91. Eberstadt, R., 82. Eden, F, 35. Edersheim, A., 226. Edgeworth, F. Y., 246. Edmonds, R. H., 92. Edson, C. E., 106. Edwards, R. H., 250. Ehrenberg, R., 14, 18. Eliot, C. W., 189. Ellis, H., in. Ely, R. T., 8, 183. Emerson, R. W., 57. Emery, H. C, 19. Engel, E., 35. Engels, F., 170, 171. Esmein, A., 52. Evans, G. W., 215. Fairbairn, A. M., 216. Fairchild, F. R., 155. Fairchild, G. T., 141. Fairchild, H. P., an, 214. Fanning, C. E., 117. Farnam, H. W., 187, 205. Farrar, F. W., 225. Faust, A. B., 213. Fay, C. R., 192, 194. Fay, E. A., 108. Fehlandt, A. F., 127. Ferreri, G, 108. Ferri, E., 112. Fichte, J. G., 22. Fillebrown, C. B., 54. Finley, J. H., 54. Fisher, I., 7. Fiske, J., 43. Fite, W., 2. Fleming, W. H., 94. Fleming, W. L., 211. Fletcher, W. I., 253. Flint, R., 179. Flynt, J., 162. Foerster, R. F., 35-38, 151-156, 157-162, 203-209, 210-215, 2I 4- Foght, H. W., 142. Forbes, E. A., 242. Forbush, W. B., 132, 135. Ford, G. B., 82, 85, 88. Ford, J., 81-89, 132-137. 138-143. 192-195, 196-199. Forsyth, D., 64. Fouilee, A., 26. Fowle, T. W., 73. Fowler, T., 4. Fowler, W. W., 47. Francis, S. T., 75. Fremantle, W. W., 216. Freund, E., 114. Froebel, F., 57, 132, 221. Fuchs, K. T., 17. Fuld, L. F., 114. Galloway, C. B., 99. Galton, F., 30. Garvie, A. E., 234. Gay, E. F., 10-21. George, H., 55. George, W. L., 199. George, W. R., 118. Gibbins, H., n. Gibbon, E., 46. Giddings, F. H., 29. Gillette, J. M., 148. Gilman, D. C, 99. Gilman, N. P., 180, 190, 196, 197. Gladden, W., 181,216. Goecke, T., 87. Goldstein, D., 178, 179. Gonnard, R., 212. Gonner, E. C., 173. Goodnow, F. J., 50, 51. Gore, C, 216. Gould, E. R. L., 128, 246. Gould, F. J., 61. Grady, H. W., 92. Granier, C, 251. Graves, J. T., 92. Gray, G. B., 225. Green, J. R., 76. Green, T. H.,3, 22, 48, 76. Griffin, A. P. C, 254, 255. 260 INDEX Griffis, W. E., 239. Griggs, E. H., 58, 221. Grimke, A. H., 98. Gronland, L., 43, 167. Groos, K., 132, 133. Gross, C, 13. Grote, G., 22, 46. Gulick, L. H., 63, 66, 101. Guthrie, W. B., 170. Guttmacher, A., 227. Guyau, M. O., 40. Hadley, A. T.,21. Haggard, H. R., 140. Hailraann, W. N., 57, 221. Haldane, R. B., 40. Hale, E. E., 72. Hall, A. C, 109. Hall, B., 142. Hall, C. C, 236. Hall, F. S., 186. Hall, G. S., 57, 132, 133, 223. Hall, P. F., 211. Hall, T. C, 180, 217. Hallsworth, H. M., 158. Hamilton, J. H., 200. Hamlin, C., 239. Hammond, M. B., 20. Hanger, G. W. W., 86, 137, 187, 200. Hanus, P. H., 144-150, 147. Harnack, A., 217, 231. Harper, W. R., 225. Harris, W. T., 59. Harrison, A., 16, 153. Hart, A. B., 49. Hartmann, E. R., 178. Harvey, W. A., 86. Hasbach, W., 15. Haslett, S. B., 221. Hastings, C. H., 251. Hastings, J., 226, 229, 230. Hatch, C. W., 191. Haw, G., 219. Hays, W. M., 150. Hayward, E. E., 81, 162. Hegel, G. W. F., 39. Heinzen, K., 174. Henderson, C. R., 23, 71, 77, 78, 116, 198, 200, 203, 219. Herbart, J. F., 57. Herbert, H. A., 98. Herrick, C. S., 150. Hewins, W. A. S., 14. Heyd, W., 17. Higgs, M., 162. Hilbert, F. W., 184. Hillquit, M., 169. Hinds, W. A., 141, 168. Hirst, F. W., 50, 52. Hobhouse, L. T., 2, 230. Hoffmann, F. L., 92, 206. Holcombe, A. N., 163-166, 188-191. Holland, L. E., 221. Hollmann, G., 229. Holmes, H. W., 57-61, 221-224. Holsey, L. H., 92. Holyoake, G. J., 193. Home, H. H., 223. Horsfall, T. C, 87. Horsley, V., 124. Howard, B. E., 52. Howard, E., 87. Howard, G. E., 44. Howarth, E. G., 36, 81, 157. Howe, F. C, 55, 164. Howell, G., 186. Huebsch, B. W., 1. Hughes, M. H., 227. Huish, M. B., 238. Hunter, W. W., 14. Hurd, R. M., 88. Hurley, T. D., 120. Hutchins, B. L., 16, 153. Hutchinson, W., 63. Huxley, T. H., 3, 31. Hyde, W. D., 1, 4, 220. Hyndman, H. M., 171. lies, G, 250. Illingworth, W. H., 105. Inama-Sterneg, K. T. v., 16. Ingram, J. K., 18. Ireland, W. W., 101. Jackson, A., 42. Jager, E., 83. Janet, P., 3. Javal, E., 106. Jefferson, T., 48. Jellinek, G., 48. Jenks, E., 46, 47, 217. Johnson, A. H., 15. Johnson, A. S., 9. Johnson, E. R., 21. Johnson, G. E., 132, 134, 136. Johnson, W. E., 128, 130. Johnston, J., 240. Jones, B., 195. Jones, H., 23. Jones, J. P., 238. Jowett, B., 15, 22, 57. Kalisch, M., 225. INDEX 26l Kant, I., 3, 22. Kaufmann, M., 180. Kautsky, K., 143. Keane, A. H., 14. Keatinge, M. W., 221. Keeble, G. E., 226. Keen, W. W., 237. Keller, H., 105, 106. Kelley, F., 154. Kellogg, P. U., 36, 69. Kellor, F. A., 113, 159. Kelly, E., 162. Kelsey, C, 97. Kelynack, T. N., 124, 125. Kemp, J., 40. Kennedy, J. B., 184, 205. Kenny, C. S., 113. Kent, C. F., 225. Kenyon, R., 15. Kern, O. J., 142. Kerr, M., 125. Kidd, B., 30. King, H. C, 3, 232. King, J., 240. Kingsley, C, 76. Knapp, G. F., 19. Knapp, J. M., 77. Knoop, D., 187, 190. Knopf, S. A., 65. Koren, J., 65, 123, 126. Kraepelin, E., 103. Kropotkin, P., 141, 142. Kuczynski, R. R., 212. Laband, P., 53. Ladd, G. T., 2. Lamprecht, K., 16. Landis, G. B., 169. Landry, A., 8. Lang, J. M., 235. Lange, F., 57. Lange, J. P., 225. La Ponge, G. V. de, 31. Larned, J. N., 61. Larrabee, W. H., 223. Las Casas, P. de, 160. La Sizeranne, M. de, 105. Lass, L., 204. Lassalle, F., 71. Lauer, F., 161. Laughlin, J. L., 78. Laveleye, E. de, 1 70. Lavisse, E., 46. Laws, R., 240. Lazard, M., 161. Lazarus, M., 227. Leacock, S., 49. Le Bon, G., 26, 31. Lecky, W. E. H., 4, 46, 48. Lee, J.. 132. 137- Leger, A., 194. Leighton, B., 75. Leland, A., 132, 136. Leland, L. H., 136. Le Play, F., 9. Le Rossignol, J. E., 173. Letourneau, C, 45. Levasseur, "&., 17. Lewis, W. B., 104. Liefmann, R., 19. Lindemann, H., 164. Lindsay, W. S., 11. Lindsey, B. B., 121. Lloyd, A. P., 43. Lloyd, H. D., 190, 195. Loane, M., 70. Loch, C. S., 72, 73. Lodge, H. C., 51. Lombroso, C, 112. Lord, E., 79, 214. Lorenz, M. O., 8. Lovett, R., 240. Lowell, A. L., 50. Lowell, J. S., 73. Lubbock, J., 43. Luther, M., 48. Lydston, G. F., III. McAdoo, W., 115. McArthur, E. A., 11. Macaulay, T. B., 46. McConnell, R. M., 4, 90-99, 100- 108, 109-121, 122-131, 174-182. MacCunn, J., 1, 58, 221. McCurdy, J. F., 227. McDonald, A., 109, 119. MacDonald, A. J., 168. MacDonald, H. M., 172. MacDonald, J. R., 172. McDougall, W., 27. MacGregor, F. H., 84. MacKay, T., 16. MacKaye, J., 171. MacKenzie, J. S., 2, 23. Mackenzie, W. D., 237. Mackintosh, M., 181. Mackintosh, R., 31. McKitrick, R., 207. JVIaclear, G. F., 235. McLennan, J. F., 43. McMurray, C. A., 59. iMacPherson, D., 14. Macpherson, J., 229. Macrosty, H. W., 15. S62 INDEX Maine, H., 41, 43, 47. Maitland, F. W., 12. Mann, J. S., 12. Mantoux, P., 15. Marie, Dr., 162. Marx, H. T., 59. Marot, H., 252. Marsh, B. C, 88. Marshall, A., 6, 9. Marshall, F. M., 144. Marson, C. S., 219. Martineau, H., 29. Martineau, J., 3. Marx, K., 170, 172, 173. Masterman, N., 71. Mathews, S., 217, 220, 221, 233. Maurice, F. D., 22, 76, 182. Mayo-Smith, R., 33, 43, 211. Mayr, G. v., 34. Meade, E. F., 214. Meakin, B., 86, 199. Means, D. M., 55. Meline, J., 140, 142. Mell, A., 106. Mendelsohn, S., 228. Mercier, C, 112. Meredith, C, 14. Merlin, R., 196. Mero, E. B., 137. Merriam, C. E., 48. Merriam, G. S., 91. Metin, A., 153. Meunier, R., 162. Meyer, B. H., 164. Meyer, H. R., 165. Micha, 198. Mill, J. S., 3, 6, 7, 55- Miller, K., 94, 98. Milner, A., 15, 75. Mitchell, W. C, 21. Mommsen, T., 46. Monroe, W. S., 57. Montague, F. C, 75, 247. Montefiore, C. G., 229. Montesquieu, C, 48. Montgomery, C. W., 77, 252. Moore, E. C., 234-242, 241. Moore, G. E., 3. Moore, S., 170. More, L. B., 38, 69. More, T., 167. Morier, R. B. D., 19. Morman, J. B., 195. Morris, W., 44, 76, 168. Morrison, J., 238. Morrison, W. D., 117. Miinsterberg, E., 252. Miinsterberg, H., 41, 112. Muirhead, J. H., 2, 4, 23, 74. Munro, W. B., 46-53. Murdoch, J., 238. Murphy, E. G., 95. Myers, G. E., 54, 60. Nash, H. S., 218. Naumann, F., 43. Nazro, W. E. C, 86. Nearing, S., 160. Nettlau, M., 252. Nettlefold, J. S., 83, 87. Newman, G., 58, 64. Newsholme, A., 33, 126. Nichols, G., 16. Nicholson, J. S., 186. Nitti, F. S., 181. Nordhoff, C, 168. Norsworthy, N., 102. Northern, W. J., 92. Nowack, W., 26. Noyes, A. D., 21. Noyes, J. H., 168. Okuma, Count, 238. Oliver, T., 64, 206. Osborne, T. M., 165. Page, T. N., 95. Page, T. W., 13. Palgrave, R. H. I., 244. Palmer, G. H., 1-5, 2, 4, 41, 59. Parker, L., 207. Parks, W. B., 92. Parmelee, M., 114. Parsons, P. A., 109. Paton, J. B., 234. Paton, S., 103. Paulhan, F., 41. Paulsen, F., 3, 41. Payne, W. H., 57. Peabody, F. G, 22-24, 2 4. 43~45, 122, 216-220, 218, 232. Pearson, K., 44, 176. Pease, E. R., 130. Peixotto, J., 169. Pereira, H. if., 123. Perkins, R. R., 119. Perry, R. B., 2, 24, 39-42, 41. Person, H. S., 147. Pestalozzi, J. H., 221. Peterson, F., 104. Philippovich, E. v., 8. Pic, P., 153- Pickett, W. P., 96. Pigeonneau, H., 17. INDEX 263 Pigou, A. C, 190. Pinkus, N., 205. Plato, 22, 39, 47, 57, 167. Plunkett, H., 139, 140, 195. Pollock, F., 47. Pond, O. L., 165. Poole, M., 253. Poole, W. F., 253. Post, J., 196. Powell, F. Y., 12. Pratt, E. A., 129, 140, 194. Pray, J. S., 87. Preziosi, G., 214. Proal, L., 109. Prothero, G. W., 12. Prothero, R. E., 15. Puffer, J. A., 135. Rae, J., 155, 169. Rand, B., 4, 19, 243-255, 253. Ranke, C. v., 40, 46. Rashdall, H., 3. Rauschenbusch, W., 218. Read, C, 41. Reason, W., 78. Redlich, J., 52. Reeves, W. P., 190. Reid, G. R., 125. Reitzenstein, J. F. v., 161. Renan, E., 228. Rhoades, M. C„ 119. Richards, C. R., 144, 145. Richmond, M. E., 70, 71, 72. Richmond, R. E., 72. Richter, J., 238. Riebenack, M., 198. Rigby, L. M., 118. Riis, J. A., 37, 81. Ripley, W. Z., 32-34, 183-185, 186- 187, 186, 212. Ritchie, D. G., 24, 49, 181. Roberts, P., 37, 210. Roberts, P. E., 14. Robinson, C. M., 88, 89. Robinson, J. A., 233. Rogers, J. E. T., 13, 139. Roosevelt, T., 138. Ropes, J. H., 231-233. Ross, E. A., 27, 31. Rousseau, J. J., 57. Rowe, H. K., 142. Rowe, L. S., 165. Rowntree, B. S., 35, 70. Rowntree, J., 35, 127, 128, 129, 130. Royce, J., 2, 3, 22. Rubinow, I. M., 215. Rugh, C. E., 60. Ruskin, J., 42, 76. Russell, C. E. B., 118. Sabatier, P., 75. Sadler, M. E., 60, 149, 221, 222. Sakolski, A. M., 184. ^ Sanborn, A. F., 85. Santayana, G., 42. Sargent, A. J., 18. Sargent, D. A., 132, 134. Schaffle, A., 172. Schaffner, M. A., 185. Schanz, G., 13. Schiller, F., 40. Schloss, D. F., 158, 159, 196, 198. Schmidt, K., 235. Schmoller, G, 8, 18. Schnapper-Arndt, G., 34. Schopenhauer, A., 40. Schiirer, E., 229. Schultz, H., 227. Schurman, J. G., 43. Scott, C. A., 60. Seager, H. R., 8, 184, 205. See, H., 17. Seebohm, F., 12. Seeley, J. R., 19, 216, 232. Selby-Bigge, L. A., 4. Seligman, E. R. A., 8, 55. Sennett, A. R., 89. Seth, J., 2. Shadwell, A., 127, 197. Shaler, N. S., 3, 79. Shaw, A., 169. Shaw, G. B., 166, 170. Shearer, W. J., 61. Shearman, T. G., 55. Shepherd, R. P., 19. Sheridan, F. J., 213. Sherwell, S., 55, 127, 128, 129, 130. Shortt, A., 191. Shufeldt, R. W., 94- Shuttleworth, G. E., 101. Sidgwick, H., 47. Simkhovitch, M. K., 78. Simons, A. M., 143. Sinclair, W. A., 94. Sites, C. M. L., 126. Sitte, C, 87. Skinner, H., 225. Slater, J. F., 99. Slater, T. E., 234, 237. Small, A. W., 30, 247. Smith, A., 6, 56. Smith, G., 239. Smith, H. P., 225. Smith, W. B., 93. 264 INDEX Snedden, D. S., 119, 147. Snowden, P., 131. Sombart, W., 19. Sommerfeld, T., 206. Sorley, W. R., 3. Spargo, J., 171. Spencer, H., 29, 30, 43, 47, 57. Spiller, G., 60, 221. Sprague, O. M. W., 200-202. Sprague, P. W., 181. Stalker, F. G., 232. Stalker, J., 218. Stammhammer, J., 253. Stang, W., 179. Starbuck, E. D., 60. Starcke, C. N., 43. Stein, L., 24. Steiner, E. A., 212. Stephen, L., 2, 5. Stephens, G. A., 120. Stephens, T., 224. Stetson, C. P., 176. Stevens, G. B., 232. Stevenson, T. P., 60. Stewart, J., 240. Stimson, F. J., 153. Stoddart, J. T., 170. Stoddart, W. H. B., 103. Stone, A. H., 92, 98. Story, J., 51. Strong, J., 220. Strong, T. B., 2. Stubbs, C. W., 180. Stubbs, W., 46. Stubben, J., 87. Stumpf, J., 125. Sturge, M. D., 124. Sundborg, G., 32. Sully, J., 4. Sumner, H. L., 155, 183, 186, 193, 197. Sumner, W. G., 30. Sutherland, W., 209. Sykes, J. F. J., 83. Szold, H., 227. Taine, H. A., 42. Tarde, G., 31. Taussig, F. W., 6-9, 20, 205. Taylor, A. E., 3. Taylor, C, 226. Taylor, F. I., 157, 254. Taylor, G, 78. Taylor, H. C., 141. Taylor, R. W. C, 154. Taylor, S., 196, 229. Tenney, E. P., 237. Thilly, F., 2, 41. Thomas, W. H., 93. Thomas, W. I., 237. Thompson, W., 84, 85, 87. Thorpe, Mrs., 235. Thwing, C. F., 43. Tillinghast, J. A., 90. Tolman, W. H., 197. Towler, W. G, 166. Towles, J. K., 156. Toy, C. H., 225-230, 225, 229. Toynbee, A., 15, 76, 247. Traill, H. D., 12. Train, A., 113. Travis, T., 118. Trenor, J. D., 79, 214. Triggs, H. I., 89. Trombert, A., 196, 198. Tucker, A. R., 240. Tucker, W. J., 77. Tuckermann, J., 73. Tufts, J. H., 2, 22. Tupper, H. D., 241. Turgot, A. R. J., 19. Turner, F. C, 221. Turner, H. M., 92. Ufer, C, 133. Ufford, W. S., 135. Uhlhorn, G., 235. Unwin, G, 13. Unwin, R., 89. Urwick, E. G, 77, 135. Vandervelde, E., 171. Vanderville, E., 141. Vanlaer, M., 196. Van Rensselaer, J. T., 182. Veiller, L., 82, 84, 85. Vierkandt, A., 27. Vincent, G. E., 30. Vinogradoff, P., 12. Wald, L. D., 78. Walker, F. A., 33, 56. Walker, J., 129. Wallas, G, 170. Walton, G. L., 66. Ward, L. F., 27, 30. Ward, W., 181. Warne, F. J., 213. Warneck, J. L., 237. Warner, A. G., 71. Warner, G. T., 11. Warren, H. C, 31. Washington, B. T., 90, 92, 96, 97. Waxweiler, E., 196. INDEX 26.S Webb, B., 15, 74, 130, 183. Webb, C, 193. Webb, S., 13, 15, 16, 74, 130, 184. Weber, A. F., 34. Wedgwood, J., 4. Welldon, S. A., 201. Wells, D. A., 56. Wells, H. G., 24, 168, 172, 175, 176. Wells, J., 240. Wendt, H. H., 232. West, M., 56. Westcott, B. F., 182. Westermarck, E. A., 2, 43, 230. Weston, S. F., 56. Weyl, W. E., 206. Whelpley, J. D., 212. White, G., 242. Whittelsey, S. S., 155. Wicker, G. R., 9. Wickett, S. M., II. Wiebe, G., 18. Wilcox, D. F., 166. Wilkinson, J. F., 201. Willcox, W. F., 43, 211. Willenberger, R., 125. Williams, C. M., 4. Williams, G. W., 90. Williams, H. S., 122. Willink, H. G., 16. Willoughby, W. F., 160, 201, 204. Willoughby, W. W., 51. Wilson, J., 232. Wilson, M., 36, 157. Wilson, W., 49. Wines, F. H., 65, 115, 126. Winston, G. T., 98. Wolfe, A. B., 85. Wolff, H. W., 201. Woods, R. A., 37, 68, 76, 78, 79, 132, 210. Woodworth, A. V., 180. Wooley, J. G, 128. Woolston, H. B., 37. Wright, C. D., 33, 43, 255. Wundt, W., 3, 4, 28. Wyman, B., 184. Yerkes, R. M., 25-28. Young, A., 139. Young, A. A., 8. Zacher, G, 203, 204. Zahn, F., 204. Zartman, L. W., 202. Ziegler, T., 24.